Type of Publication:
Conference proceedings
Author/Editor:
Ahrens, Barbara, Lothar Cerný, Monika Krein-Kühle, & Michael Schreiber
Year of publication:
2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher:
Peter Lang
Publisher URL:
http://www.peterlang.com/index.cfm?vID=58599&vLang=E&vHR=1&vUR=2&vUUR=1
ISBN/ISSN:
ISBN 978-3-631-58599-3
Price and ordering information:
SFR 83.00 €* 56.80 €** 58.40 € 53.10 £ 53.10 US-$ 82.95
* includes VAT - only valid for Germany ** includes VAT - only valid for Austria
Publication blurb:
Der Band geht auf eine Vortragsreihe am Institut für Translation und Mehrsprachige Kommunikation der Fachhochschule Köln und am Fachbereich Angewandte Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft der Universität Mainz in Germersheim zurück. Ziel des Translationswissenschaftlichen Kolloquiums ist es, Einblicke in die Diskussion übersetzungs- und dolmetschwissenschaftlicher Fragestellungen zu vermitteln. Je drei bis vier Beiträge befassen sich mit einem Rahmenthema: Geschichte der Übersetzung (J. Albrecht, L. Cerný, M. Salama-Carr), Textlinguistik und Übersetzen (I. Mason, W. Pöckl, M. Schreiber), Dolmetschwissenschaft (B. Ahrens, D. Andres, N. Grbic, S. Kalina), Fachübersetzung (C. Feyrer, M. Krein-Kühle, S. Reinart, E. Wiesmann), Translation und Kognition (S. Berti, P. Kußmaul, H. Risku).
Aus dem Inhalt: Jörn Albrecht: Terminologie und Einzelsprache in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart - Lothar Cerný: Luthers «Sendbrief vom Dolmetschen»: Eine semiotische Betrachtung - Myriam Salama-Carr: Translation and Knowledge - Ian Mason: Translator Moves and Reader Response: the Impact of Discoursal Shifts in Translation - Wolfgang Pöckl: Mehrsprachige Texte und ihre Übersetzung - Michael Schreiber: Vom Acquis zur Governance-Strategie. Entlehnungen in EU-Texten - Barbara Ahrens: Stimme, Sprechen, Dolmetschen - Dolmetschwissenschaftliche Überlegungen zu Forschung, Lehre und Praxis - Dörte Andres: Dolmetschen und Macht - Nadja Grbic: Gebärdensprachdolmetschen im deutschsprachigen Raum. Szientometrische Befunde - Sylvia Kalina: Die Qualität von Dolmetschleistungen aus der Perspektive von Forschung und Kommunikationspartnern - Cornelia Feyrer: Medizinische Kommunikation und Translation - ein komplexes Interaktionsgefüge: Profile in Ausbildung und Berufspraxis - Monika Krein-Kühle: Explication in Technical Translation: a 'Translational Universal'? - Sylvia Reinart: Professionalität beim Fachübersetzen - am Beispiel von Wirtschaftsfachtexten - Eva Wiesmann: Rechtsübersetzung. Praxis - Theorie - Didaktik - Stefan Berti: Hören - Behalten - Reden: Über kognitionspsychologische Grundlagen flexiblen Verhaltens - Paul Kußmaul: Können wir besser übersetzen, wenn wir wissen, wie wir denken? - Hanna Risku: Was bedeutet es, ein Translationsprofi zu sein? Drei Antworten aus dem Bereich der Kognitionswissenschaft.
Translationswissenschaftliches Kolloquium I: Beiträge zur Übersetzungs- und Dolmetschwissenschaft
Posted by Kearns 28th April 2010.
Thinking through Translation with Metaphors
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: James St. André (University of Manchester, UK)
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=543&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-22-0
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=543&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
Publication blurb: Thinking through Translation with Metaphors explores a wide range of metaphorical figures used to describe the translation process, from Aristotle to the present.
Most practitioners and theorists of translation are familiar with a number of metaphors for translation, such as the metaphor of the bridge, following in another's footsteps, performing a musical score, changing clothes, or painting a portrait; yet relatively little attention has been paid to what these metaphorical models reveal about how we conceptualize translation. Drawing on insights from recent developments in metaphor theory, contributors to this volume reveal how central metaphorical language has been to translation studies at all periods of time and in various cultures. Metaphors have played a key role in shaping the way in which we understand translation, determining what facets of the translation process are deemed to be important and therefore merit study, and aiding in the training of successive generations of translators and theorists. While some of the papers focus mainly on past metaphorical representations, others discuss recent shifts in both metaphor and translation theory, while others still propose innovative metaphors in a bid to transform translation studies.
The volume also includes an annotated bibliography of works centrally concerned with metaphors of translation.
Table of Contents
Translation and Metaphor: Setting the Terms
James St. André, University of Manchester, UK
Abstract. Theorists of translation have persistently used a wide, at times bewildering, range of metaphors to describe the translation process. Despite a period of roughly forty years in the post WWII era (1945-85) in which such metaphoric language was downplayed or even denigrated, recent developments in metaphor theory have led to a resurgence in interest in how metaphors shape our basic understanding of the world and may in fact lead to breakthroughs in a wide variety of scientific fields. This paper first traces briefly the combination of factors (historic mistrust of metaphoric language in Western philosophy, the rise of logical positivism in the sciences, the linguistic basis of translation studies in the post-war period, and problems with the misuse of metaphors in translation studies) that led to the neglect of the study of metaphors in a wide variety of academic discourses in the 20th century, and translation studies in particular. Two developments in metaphor theory that led to its redeployment are then briefly explored: the work of Max Black and others on metaphor as cognitive instrument in the sciences, and the work of Lakoff and Johnson on the pervasive presence of conceptual metaphors in everyday language. Finally, the article situates the individual essays in the current volume and suggests ways in which the study of metaphors of translation may further enrich the field.
Something old
Imitating Bodies, Clothes: Refashioning the Western Conception of Translation
Ben Van Wyke, Indiana University-Purdue, University Indianapolis (IUPUI), USA
Abstract. The concepts of translation and metaphor are intimately connected in the West. Not only do they share a common etymology in many European languages, but both have been designated as secondary forms of representation in the Platonic tradition. Consequently, translation and metaphor have undergone similar revisions in contemporary, post-Nietzschean philosophy, which has given them positions of primary importance. One metaphor that has frequently been used to describe translation is that of dressmaking ? meaning is viewed as a body and the translator?s job is to redress this meaning in the clothes of another language. Using this common metaphor, I will highlight a common thread in our conception of translation that has basically remained unchanged throughout the ages, a thread that can be tied directly to Plato?s theory of representation. Nietzsche radically placed into question this Platonic model, beginning with a reformulation of the traditional relationship between metaphor and truth. After examining the implications of his critique of Platonism, I will turn to Nietzsche?s own use of the metaphor of dress, which will help us recast our conception of translation by focusing on elements that have traditionally been left out of the picture.
Performing Translation
Yotam Benshalom, Centre of Translation and Comparative Cultural Studies, University of Warwick, UK
Abstract. Translators are similar to actors: they both assume altered identities in an effort to modify a sign system and represent it in front of an audience. They are both praised for being creative, but also blamed for being technicians; treated as servants of truth, but also as masters of deceit. This paper aims at further developing the metaphor of translation as performance by isolating specific issues dealt with by actors and theatre scholars and reviewing their relevance to translation practice. One of these issues is the question of time concept: translators, used to revising their work when they wish, may still benefit from strategies developed by performers who cannot go back in time and correct their errors. Another issue involves impersonation: performance scholars, like Diderot and Stanislavsky, have dealt with the question whether practitioners who imitate a persona should perfect their external performances or change their internal natures. The conclusions they draw may be relevant to translators. The limits of this metaphor can be pushed even further by adapting additional performance issues to the realities of translation. The acting metaphor thus exemplifies the fertility of interaction between translation studies and other disciplines and also contributes to the status of translation as an art.
Metaphorical Models of Translation: Transfer vs Imitation and Action
Celia Martín de León, PETRA Research Group, University of Las Palmas, Spain
Abstract. Metaphorical models play an essential role in scientific reasoning. Through analogical thinking, they guide the elaboration of hypotheses in domains that do not have a clear conceptual structure. Traditionally, the domain of translation has been conceptualized through different metaphors, some of which are still used in modern translation studies. According to the principles of cognitive linguistics, it can be hypothesized that the way in which a person translates might be associated with the way in which that person conceptualizes translation. Since metaphor is an important tool for conceptualizing complex domains, conceptual metaphor theory offers a coherent theoretical frame for both a systematic study of metaphorical models of translation and research into the relations and potential interaction between those models and translation practice. Following this approach, the paper analyzes the basic structure underlying some prevalent metaphors in writings on translation (transfer, footsteps, target, assimilation, reincarnation, and projection) and the implicit communication models they assume, and puts forward some hypotheses about the way in which each metaphor might influence the translator?s work.
Something new
Western Metaphorical Discourses Implicit in Translation Studies
Maria Tymoczko, Department of Comparative Literature, University of Massachusetts, USA
Abstract. Dominant words for ?translation? in most (Western) European languages (such as translation, traducción, traduction, and Übersetzung) represent central cognitive metaphors for translation, signifying such things as carrying, setting, or leading across. These metaphors for textual translation became dominant in the late Middle Ages, associated with pressures to translate the Bible into the vernacular languages and encoding orientations related to the beginnings of the European age of imperialism. In a densely woven argument, this article demonstrates that the ascendancy of dominant contemporary Eurocentric cognitive metaphors for ?translation? inverted Cicero?s valorization of sense-for-sense over word-for-word translation, resulting in a pervasive orientation toward literalism in modern Eurocentric expectations about textual translation. The metaphors suggest there should be full semantic transfer between source text and target text and that protocols for achieving such results are possible. A central contention is that the strength of these metaphors rests in large part on Western European sacralization of the word, itself a consequence of the early Christian translation of the logos of God in New Testament Greek as verbum, ?word (Word)?, in Latin translations of the Bible, with the result that Jesus became equated with the Word become flesh. This metaphorical conceptualization persists in vernacular translations of the Bible into Western European languages to the present, contributing to the view of words themselves as numinous and the valorization of literalism in translation and other domains.
Squeezing the Jellyfish: Early Western Attempts to Characterize Translation from the Japanese
Valerie Heniuk, University of East Anglia, UK
Abstract. Translation has typically been conceptualized as a bridge, a mirror, a window through which we gaze at the original, a fountain from which we obtain water when we cannot go directly to the stream, the action of carrying across, and so on. Most of these images have lost their power to make us take seriously how they filter or even distort what we see as being involved in the process. Setting aside such dead metaphors and instead trying to think of translation as the squeezing of a jellyfish, as one early anthology of Japanese literature puts it, cannot help but force us to come at the problem from a fresh perspective. When Japan opened to the West in the mid-19th century, translators struggled to describe their experience of rendering this newly discovered canon into a foreign tongue, and often ended up employing eccentric images in order to do so. This article considers some of those images, including the jellyfish one and a cluster referring to such chemical or alchemical processes as distillation, filtration and sublimation. It thereby explores how translation is conceptualized via figurative language, and thus how metaphor may constitute a particular view ? if not a theory ? of cross-cultural transposition.
Something borrowed
Metaphor as a Metaphor for Translation
Rainer Guldin, Università della Svizzera Italiana, Lugano, Switzerland
Abstract. There are three major points of contact between translation studies and metaphor theory: the use of specific metaphors to describe the functioning of translation, the use of translation as a metaphor for exchange and transformation within different forms of discourse, and the question of the translatability of metaphors and the development of translational strategies necessary to achieve this. There is, however, a fourth possibility that has not encountered yet all the attention it deserves: Metaphor and translation share a series of structural similarities and their history within the Western tradition has been interlinked from the very beginning. Traces of this shared but not always explicitly acknowledged history can be detected in the common etymology of the two notions in Greek, Latin and English. Throughout history, furthermore, shifts in the appraisal of metaphor have very often found their echo in corresponding reappraisals within translation studies. Instead of studying the different metaphors used to describe translational processes and the theoretical points of view they imply, this paper therefore focuses on the different theoretical approaches developed with regard to the functioning of metaphor in an attempt to investigate the workings of translation and some of the stages translation studies has gone through. To put it in other words, the paper focuses on the meta-communicative potential of metaphor as a metaphor for translation.
Metaphors for Metaphor Translation
Enrico Monti, Università di Bologna , Italy
Abstract. This essay analyzes the metaphors used by translation scholars to define metaphor translation. The topic has elicited a surge of interest in translation studies since the late 1970s, and here a corpus of some 15 essays is taken into account, covering a diverse range of approaches to the issue. The main narrative is that of metaphor as a problem in translation, which finds its way through most if not all of the essays considered here. While not being dissociated from the traditional narrative of a more general theory of translation, in this specific case the activity seems almost doomed to failure. This is also confirmed by a number of spatial metaphors drawing a borderline space for metaphor translation and locating metaphors at the ?limits of translatability?. A final set of metaphors identified in the corpus resorts to the concepts of dimensions and forces, in order to allow a more encompassing view of the figure and its translation. Such models attempt to move beyond the narrative of a troublesome, unsolvable activity, towards a non-simplistic, quantitative approach to the issue.
Yves Bonnefoy?s Metaphors on Translation
Stéphanie Roesler, McGill University, Canada
Abstract. Although poet-translators rarely share details of their craft, Yves Bonnefoy is one notable exception. This article examines the ways in which Bonnefoy employs metaphors to elucidate both the role of the translator and the translation process. One is immediately struck by a group of metaphors Bonnefoy employs to describe the relationship between author and translator, all of which suggest friendship and intimacy and establish the translator as a privileged interlocutor. Another set of metaphors depicts the translator as an explorer. The translator journeys into the recesses of the poet?s psyche, trying to decipher his thoughts in order to re-express them through another poetic language. A third set of metaphors suggests that translating is less about the original text and its author than about the translator himself. In these metaphors, Bonnefoy invokes the senses: he proposes, for example, that translating consists in feeding on the teachings of another poet. Last but not least, translation is, in Bonnefoy?s words, an occasion for self-reflection, suggesting a self-oriented and narcissistic process. Ultimately, the metaphors used by Bonnefoy in his articulation of the translation process ask us to reconsider both the translator?s role in the translation of poetry and the profound motivations that lie behind this enterprise.
Something blue
Translation as Smuggling
Sergey Tyulenev, Cambridge University, UK
Abstract. This paper considers the epistemological and methodological potential of the metaphor ?translation is smuggling?, in particular as it relates to the axis of visibility/invisibility of the translator or other agents of the translation process. The metaphorization of translation as smuggling is shown to be a middle case between the two extremes: visibility and invisibility of the translator, allowing researchers to overcome this simplistic dichotomy. In the illustrative part of the paper, translation as smuggling is analyzed in two domains: the social-political and the sexual. Examples are taken from Russian translation history, mainly Boris Pasternak?s and Ivan Dmitriev?s translations of Western European writers. The metaphor ?translation is smuggling? is shown to be a useful methodological tool for studying translation as practised under various ideological and ethical pressures. Under the surface of its text, the translator as smuggler introduces a hidden content charged with a concealed subversive mission. This content represents the translator?s own convictions, sentiments, and anxieties not found in the source text.
Passing through Translation
James St. André, University of Manchester, UK
Abstract. In this paper I demonstrate that cross-identity performance, a new and specific metaphor for translation related to acting, has several points to recommend it. It covers a number of different but related types of performance, including passing, slumming, drag, blackface, yellowface, impersonation and masquerade. In each of these activities, a number of variables, including appearance versus reality, the relative power relationship between representer and represented, how knowledge of the Other is linked to knowledge of the self, and the meaning of border crossing, lead to a spectrum of practices which can be mapped on to an extremely wide variety of translation practices. The metaphor also draws attention to the importance of both aural and visual signs. The ability to mimic the speech patterns of others is crucial to successful cross-identity performance, and this should make us more aware of the importance of ?voice? even in written translation, to say nothing of oral interpretation. Furthermore, various dichotomies in translation studies, such as the visibility or invisibility of the translator, source norms versus target norms and domestication versus foreignization, might be overcome, or at least problematized, by the metaphor of cross-identity performance. Finally, I suggest that there are links with post-structural attempts to dislodge the author and the original text from their throne and open up translation studies to a more radical vision of the field.
Appendix
An Annotated Bibliography of Works Concerned with Metaphors of Translation
James St. André
List of Contributors
Index
Author/Editor: James St. André (University of Manchester, UK)
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=543&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-22-0
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=543&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
Publication blurb: Thinking through Translation with Metaphors explores a wide range of metaphorical figures used to describe the translation process, from Aristotle to the present.
Most practitioners and theorists of translation are familiar with a number of metaphors for translation, such as the metaphor of the bridge, following in another's footsteps, performing a musical score, changing clothes, or painting a portrait; yet relatively little attention has been paid to what these metaphorical models reveal about how we conceptualize translation. Drawing on insights from recent developments in metaphor theory, contributors to this volume reveal how central metaphorical language has been to translation studies at all periods of time and in various cultures. Metaphors have played a key role in shaping the way in which we understand translation, determining what facets of the translation process are deemed to be important and therefore merit study, and aiding in the training of successive generations of translators and theorists. While some of the papers focus mainly on past metaphorical representations, others discuss recent shifts in both metaphor and translation theory, while others still propose innovative metaphors in a bid to transform translation studies.
The volume also includes an annotated bibliography of works centrally concerned with metaphors of translation.
Table of Contents
Translation and Metaphor: Setting the Terms
James St. André, University of Manchester, UK
Abstract. Theorists of translation have persistently used a wide, at times bewildering, range of metaphors to describe the translation process. Despite a period of roughly forty years in the post WWII era (1945-85) in which such metaphoric language was downplayed or even denigrated, recent developments in metaphor theory have led to a resurgence in interest in how metaphors shape our basic understanding of the world and may in fact lead to breakthroughs in a wide variety of scientific fields. This paper first traces briefly the combination of factors (historic mistrust of metaphoric language in Western philosophy, the rise of logical positivism in the sciences, the linguistic basis of translation studies in the post-war period, and problems with the misuse of metaphors in translation studies) that led to the neglect of the study of metaphors in a wide variety of academic discourses in the 20th century, and translation studies in particular. Two developments in metaphor theory that led to its redeployment are then briefly explored: the work of Max Black and others on metaphor as cognitive instrument in the sciences, and the work of Lakoff and Johnson on the pervasive presence of conceptual metaphors in everyday language. Finally, the article situates the individual essays in the current volume and suggests ways in which the study of metaphors of translation may further enrich the field.
Something old
Imitating Bodies, Clothes: Refashioning the Western Conception of Translation
Ben Van Wyke, Indiana University-Purdue, University Indianapolis (IUPUI), USA
Abstract. The concepts of translation and metaphor are intimately connected in the West. Not only do they share a common etymology in many European languages, but both have been designated as secondary forms of representation in the Platonic tradition. Consequently, translation and metaphor have undergone similar revisions in contemporary, post-Nietzschean philosophy, which has given them positions of primary importance. One metaphor that has frequently been used to describe translation is that of dressmaking ? meaning is viewed as a body and the translator?s job is to redress this meaning in the clothes of another language. Using this common metaphor, I will highlight a common thread in our conception of translation that has basically remained unchanged throughout the ages, a thread that can be tied directly to Plato?s theory of representation. Nietzsche radically placed into question this Platonic model, beginning with a reformulation of the traditional relationship between metaphor and truth. After examining the implications of his critique of Platonism, I will turn to Nietzsche?s own use of the metaphor of dress, which will help us recast our conception of translation by focusing on elements that have traditionally been left out of the picture.
Performing Translation
Yotam Benshalom, Centre of Translation and Comparative Cultural Studies, University of Warwick, UK
Abstract. Translators are similar to actors: they both assume altered identities in an effort to modify a sign system and represent it in front of an audience. They are both praised for being creative, but also blamed for being technicians; treated as servants of truth, but also as masters of deceit. This paper aims at further developing the metaphor of translation as performance by isolating specific issues dealt with by actors and theatre scholars and reviewing their relevance to translation practice. One of these issues is the question of time concept: translators, used to revising their work when they wish, may still benefit from strategies developed by performers who cannot go back in time and correct their errors. Another issue involves impersonation: performance scholars, like Diderot and Stanislavsky, have dealt with the question whether practitioners who imitate a persona should perfect their external performances or change their internal natures. The conclusions they draw may be relevant to translators. The limits of this metaphor can be pushed even further by adapting additional performance issues to the realities of translation. The acting metaphor thus exemplifies the fertility of interaction between translation studies and other disciplines and also contributes to the status of translation as an art.
Metaphorical Models of Translation: Transfer vs Imitation and Action
Celia Martín de León, PETRA Research Group, University of Las Palmas, Spain
Abstract. Metaphorical models play an essential role in scientific reasoning. Through analogical thinking, they guide the elaboration of hypotheses in domains that do not have a clear conceptual structure. Traditionally, the domain of translation has been conceptualized through different metaphors, some of which are still used in modern translation studies. According to the principles of cognitive linguistics, it can be hypothesized that the way in which a person translates might be associated with the way in which that person conceptualizes translation. Since metaphor is an important tool for conceptualizing complex domains, conceptual metaphor theory offers a coherent theoretical frame for both a systematic study of metaphorical models of translation and research into the relations and potential interaction between those models and translation practice. Following this approach, the paper analyzes the basic structure underlying some prevalent metaphors in writings on translation (transfer, footsteps, target, assimilation, reincarnation, and projection) and the implicit communication models they assume, and puts forward some hypotheses about the way in which each metaphor might influence the translator?s work.
Something new
Western Metaphorical Discourses Implicit in Translation Studies
Maria Tymoczko, Department of Comparative Literature, University of Massachusetts, USA
Abstract. Dominant words for ?translation? in most (Western) European languages (such as translation, traducción, traduction, and Übersetzung) represent central cognitive metaphors for translation, signifying such things as carrying, setting, or leading across. These metaphors for textual translation became dominant in the late Middle Ages, associated with pressures to translate the Bible into the vernacular languages and encoding orientations related to the beginnings of the European age of imperialism. In a densely woven argument, this article demonstrates that the ascendancy of dominant contemporary Eurocentric cognitive metaphors for ?translation? inverted Cicero?s valorization of sense-for-sense over word-for-word translation, resulting in a pervasive orientation toward literalism in modern Eurocentric expectations about textual translation. The metaphors suggest there should be full semantic transfer between source text and target text and that protocols for achieving such results are possible. A central contention is that the strength of these metaphors rests in large part on Western European sacralization of the word, itself a consequence of the early Christian translation of the logos of God in New Testament Greek as verbum, ?word (Word)?, in Latin translations of the Bible, with the result that Jesus became equated with the Word become flesh. This metaphorical conceptualization persists in vernacular translations of the Bible into Western European languages to the present, contributing to the view of words themselves as numinous and the valorization of literalism in translation and other domains.
Squeezing the Jellyfish: Early Western Attempts to Characterize Translation from the Japanese
Valerie Heniuk, University of East Anglia, UK
Abstract. Translation has typically been conceptualized as a bridge, a mirror, a window through which we gaze at the original, a fountain from which we obtain water when we cannot go directly to the stream, the action of carrying across, and so on. Most of these images have lost their power to make us take seriously how they filter or even distort what we see as being involved in the process. Setting aside such dead metaphors and instead trying to think of translation as the squeezing of a jellyfish, as one early anthology of Japanese literature puts it, cannot help but force us to come at the problem from a fresh perspective. When Japan opened to the West in the mid-19th century, translators struggled to describe their experience of rendering this newly discovered canon into a foreign tongue, and often ended up employing eccentric images in order to do so. This article considers some of those images, including the jellyfish one and a cluster referring to such chemical or alchemical processes as distillation, filtration and sublimation. It thereby explores how translation is conceptualized via figurative language, and thus how metaphor may constitute a particular view ? if not a theory ? of cross-cultural transposition.
Something borrowed
Metaphor as a Metaphor for Translation
Rainer Guldin, Università della Svizzera Italiana, Lugano, Switzerland
Abstract. There are three major points of contact between translation studies and metaphor theory: the use of specific metaphors to describe the functioning of translation, the use of translation as a metaphor for exchange and transformation within different forms of discourse, and the question of the translatability of metaphors and the development of translational strategies necessary to achieve this. There is, however, a fourth possibility that has not encountered yet all the attention it deserves: Metaphor and translation share a series of structural similarities and their history within the Western tradition has been interlinked from the very beginning. Traces of this shared but not always explicitly acknowledged history can be detected in the common etymology of the two notions in Greek, Latin and English. Throughout history, furthermore, shifts in the appraisal of metaphor have very often found their echo in corresponding reappraisals within translation studies. Instead of studying the different metaphors used to describe translational processes and the theoretical points of view they imply, this paper therefore focuses on the different theoretical approaches developed with regard to the functioning of metaphor in an attempt to investigate the workings of translation and some of the stages translation studies has gone through. To put it in other words, the paper focuses on the meta-communicative potential of metaphor as a metaphor for translation.
Metaphors for Metaphor Translation
Enrico Monti, Università di Bologna , Italy
Abstract. This essay analyzes the metaphors used by translation scholars to define metaphor translation. The topic has elicited a surge of interest in translation studies since the late 1970s, and here a corpus of some 15 essays is taken into account, covering a diverse range of approaches to the issue. The main narrative is that of metaphor as a problem in translation, which finds its way through most if not all of the essays considered here. While not being dissociated from the traditional narrative of a more general theory of translation, in this specific case the activity seems almost doomed to failure. This is also confirmed by a number of spatial metaphors drawing a borderline space for metaphor translation and locating metaphors at the ?limits of translatability?. A final set of metaphors identified in the corpus resorts to the concepts of dimensions and forces, in order to allow a more encompassing view of the figure and its translation. Such models attempt to move beyond the narrative of a troublesome, unsolvable activity, towards a non-simplistic, quantitative approach to the issue.
Yves Bonnefoy?s Metaphors on Translation
Stéphanie Roesler, McGill University, Canada
Abstract. Although poet-translators rarely share details of their craft, Yves Bonnefoy is one notable exception. This article examines the ways in which Bonnefoy employs metaphors to elucidate both the role of the translator and the translation process. One is immediately struck by a group of metaphors Bonnefoy employs to describe the relationship between author and translator, all of which suggest friendship and intimacy and establish the translator as a privileged interlocutor. Another set of metaphors depicts the translator as an explorer. The translator journeys into the recesses of the poet?s psyche, trying to decipher his thoughts in order to re-express them through another poetic language. A third set of metaphors suggests that translating is less about the original text and its author than about the translator himself. In these metaphors, Bonnefoy invokes the senses: he proposes, for example, that translating consists in feeding on the teachings of another poet. Last but not least, translation is, in Bonnefoy?s words, an occasion for self-reflection, suggesting a self-oriented and narcissistic process. Ultimately, the metaphors used by Bonnefoy in his articulation of the translation process ask us to reconsider both the translator?s role in the translation of poetry and the profound motivations that lie behind this enterprise.
Something blue
Translation as Smuggling
Sergey Tyulenev, Cambridge University, UK
Abstract. This paper considers the epistemological and methodological potential of the metaphor ?translation is smuggling?, in particular as it relates to the axis of visibility/invisibility of the translator or other agents of the translation process. The metaphorization of translation as smuggling is shown to be a middle case between the two extremes: visibility and invisibility of the translator, allowing researchers to overcome this simplistic dichotomy. In the illustrative part of the paper, translation as smuggling is analyzed in two domains: the social-political and the sexual. Examples are taken from Russian translation history, mainly Boris Pasternak?s and Ivan Dmitriev?s translations of Western European writers. The metaphor ?translation is smuggling? is shown to be a useful methodological tool for studying translation as practised under various ideological and ethical pressures. Under the surface of its text, the translator as smuggler introduces a hidden content charged with a concealed subversive mission. This content represents the translator?s own convictions, sentiments, and anxieties not found in the source text.
Passing through Translation
James St. André, University of Manchester, UK
Abstract. In this paper I demonstrate that cross-identity performance, a new and specific metaphor for translation related to acting, has several points to recommend it. It covers a number of different but related types of performance, including passing, slumming, drag, blackface, yellowface, impersonation and masquerade. In each of these activities, a number of variables, including appearance versus reality, the relative power relationship between representer and represented, how knowledge of the Other is linked to knowledge of the self, and the meaning of border crossing, lead to a spectrum of practices which can be mapped on to an extremely wide variety of translation practices. The metaphor also draws attention to the importance of both aural and visual signs. The ability to mimic the speech patterns of others is crucial to successful cross-identity performance, and this should make us more aware of the importance of ?voice? even in written translation, to say nothing of oral interpretation. Furthermore, various dichotomies in translation studies, such as the visibility or invisibility of the translator, source norms versus target norms and domestication versus foreignization, might be overcome, or at least problematized, by the metaphor of cross-identity performance. Finally, I suggest that there are links with post-structural attempts to dislodge the author and the original text from their throne and open up translation studies to a more radical vision of the field.
Appendix
An Annotated Bibliography of Works Concerned with Metaphors of Translation
James St. André
List of Contributors
Index
Posted by Ken Baker 23rd March 2010.
Translating Promotional and Advertising Texts
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Ira Torresi
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=541&doctype=Translation Practices Explained§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-20-4
Price and ordering information: £25 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=541&doctype=Translation Practices Explained§ion=3
Publication blurb: Promotional and advertising texts come in different forms and account for a considerable share of the translation market. Advertisements, company brochures, websites, tourist guides, institutional information campaigns, and even personal CVs all share a common primary purpose: that of persuading the reader to buy something, be it a product or a lifestyle, or to act in a particular way, from taking preventive measures against health risks to employing one candidate in preference to another. Consequently, their translation requires the application of techniques which, although they vary depending on the specific text type, are all aimed at preserving that persuasive purpose. This often requires in-depth cultural adaptation and, on occasion, thorough rewriting.
Translating Promotional and Advertising Texts covers different areas of personal promotion, business to business promotion, institutional and business to consumer promotion, including advertising. Numerous examples from a wide variety of languages and media, taken from the author's own professional experience and from real-life observation, are provided throughout. The volume is designed for use as a coursebook for classroom practice or as a handbook for self-learning. It will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students, but also freelance and in-house translators, as well as other professionals working in sales, public relations or similar departments whose responsibilities include involvement in the management of multilingual advertising and promotion activities.
Contents
List of Tables and Illustrations
Acknowledgements
1. Introduction: Why a Book on the Translation of Promotional Texts?
1.1 How to use this book
1.2 Intended readership
1.3 A short note on terminology
1.4 Structure
1.5 What this book does and does not do
2. Promotional Translation and Professional Practice
2.1 Why advertising and promotional translators aren't just translators
2.2 Valuable tools: the brief, visuals, multiple versions, and negotiation
2.3 A short note for freelance translators: can one live off promotional and advertising translation?
3. Key Issues in Promotional Translation
3.1 The brand name
3.2 Accuracy and loyalty to the original text
3.3 Different kinds of text
4. Translating Promotional Material: Self-Promotion
4.1 Source, target, context of distribution, and information-to-persuasion ratio
4.2 Self-promotion
4.2.1 CVs
4.2.2 Job application letters
4.2.3 Personal websites with a promotional purpose
5. Translating Promotional Material: Business-to-Business
5.1 B2B promotional texts
5.1.1 Brochures and websites
5.1.1.1 Product presentation websites/brochures
5.1.1.2 Company presentation websites/brochures
5.1.2 B2B advertisements
6. Translating Promotional Material: Institutional Promotion
6.1 Institutional promotional texts
6.1.1 Institution-to-institution (I2I)
6.1.2 Institution-to-user (I2U)
6.1.2.1 I2U promotion in the healthcare field
6.1.2.2 Tourist promotion
6.1.2.3 Awareness-raising
7. Translating Promotional Material: Business-to-Consumer
7.1 Business-to-consumer (B2C): creative and emotional language
7.1.1 B2C brochures and websites
7.1.2 B2C advertisements
8. Translating Persuasion across Cultures
Appendix
A Glossary of Terms
References
Index
Author/Editor: Ira Torresi
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=541&doctype=Translation Practices Explained§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-20-4
Price and ordering information: £25 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=541&doctype=Translation Practices Explained§ion=3
Publication blurb: Promotional and advertising texts come in different forms and account for a considerable share of the translation market. Advertisements, company brochures, websites, tourist guides, institutional information campaigns, and even personal CVs all share a common primary purpose: that of persuading the reader to buy something, be it a product or a lifestyle, or to act in a particular way, from taking preventive measures against health risks to employing one candidate in preference to another. Consequently, their translation requires the application of techniques which, although they vary depending on the specific text type, are all aimed at preserving that persuasive purpose. This often requires in-depth cultural adaptation and, on occasion, thorough rewriting.
Translating Promotional and Advertising Texts covers different areas of personal promotion, business to business promotion, institutional and business to consumer promotion, including advertising. Numerous examples from a wide variety of languages and media, taken from the author's own professional experience and from real-life observation, are provided throughout. The volume is designed for use as a coursebook for classroom practice or as a handbook for self-learning. It will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students, but also freelance and in-house translators, as well as other professionals working in sales, public relations or similar departments whose responsibilities include involvement in the management of multilingual advertising and promotion activities.
Contents
List of Tables and Illustrations
Acknowledgements
1. Introduction: Why a Book on the Translation of Promotional Texts?
1.1 How to use this book
1.2 Intended readership
1.3 A short note on terminology
1.4 Structure
1.5 What this book does and does not do
2. Promotional Translation and Professional Practice
2.1 Why advertising and promotional translators aren't just translators
2.2 Valuable tools: the brief, visuals, multiple versions, and negotiation
2.3 A short note for freelance translators: can one live off promotional and advertising translation?
3. Key Issues in Promotional Translation
3.1 The brand name
3.2 Accuracy and loyalty to the original text
3.3 Different kinds of text
4. Translating Promotional Material: Self-Promotion
4.1 Source, target, context of distribution, and information-to-persuasion ratio
4.2 Self-promotion
4.2.1 CVs
4.2.2 Job application letters
4.2.3 Personal websites with a promotional purpose
5. Translating Promotional Material: Business-to-Business
5.1 B2B promotional texts
5.1.1 Brochures and websites
5.1.1.1 Product presentation websites/brochures
5.1.1.2 Company presentation websites/brochures
5.1.2 B2B advertisements
6. Translating Promotional Material: Institutional Promotion
6.1 Institutional promotional texts
6.1.1 Institution-to-institution (I2I)
6.1.2 Institution-to-user (I2U)
6.1.2.1 I2U promotion in the healthcare field
6.1.2.2 Tourist promotion
6.1.2.3 Awareness-raising
7. Translating Promotional Material: Business-to-Consumer
7.1 Business-to-consumer (B2C): creative and emotional language
7.1.1 B2C brochures and websites
7.1.2 B2C advertisements
8. Translating Persuasion across Cultures
Appendix
A Glossary of Terms
References
Index
Posted by Ken Baker 14th February 2010.
The Interpreter and Translator Trainer Volume 4, Number 1, 2010
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor:
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/periodicals/journal.php?j=107&v=719&i=720
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Contents
A Case Study of the Use of Storytelling as a Pedagogical Tool for Teaching Interpreting Students
Pages: 1-32
Author: Jemina Napier
This article details the findings of a systemic functional linguistic case study of university classroom talk, and in particular an evaluation of the storytelling that occurs in classroom talk and its functioning as a pedagogical tool with interpreting students. The data consists of two hours of naturalistic classroom talk that occurred with sign language interpreting students discussing the topic of interpreting ethics. The 'chunks' of the text comprised of storytelling were identified, and the stories were classified into genres. The study revealed exemplum stories to be the most common story genre, and that story genres were used by both the teacher and students to make meaning within the learning process. The findings of this study are innovative in that they demonstrate that storytelling is a feature of pragmatic teacher-student interaction, and is a pedagogical tool used to engage with sign language interpreting students in order to relate practical experience to theoretical constructs, which could be considered by spoken language interpreter educators if culturally appropriate.
Keywords
Storytelling, Classroom talk, Systemic functional linguistics, Problem-based learning, Interpreter education
I Have Rhythm Therefore I Am: Exploiting the Linguistic Anthropology of Marcel Jousse in Exploring an African Curriculum for Translator Education
Pages: 33-46
Author: Kobus Marais
This article sets out to explore features of human interaction on the African continent with the aim of developing a contextualized pedagogy for translator education in Africa. It makes use of Jousse's linguistic anthropology, which conceptualizes the anthropos as expressing itself in rhythmo-mimismological gestes. This holistic conceptualization of human existence and communication is exploited as a framework within which to theorize the context of translator education in Africa as being at the interface of oralate and literate culture. The article aims not only to question dominant notions of language, communication, translation and pedagogy that have their roots in Western thought, but also to restore credibility to oralate human interaction and to rethink the translation of literature that has originated in oralate-literature culture or that is a hybrid between orality and literacy. Lastly, it attempts to draw implications from the above for a pedagogy for translator education in Africa.
Keywords
Translator education, Orality, Pedagogy, African context, Gestes
Textual Competence and the Use of Cohesion Devices in Translating into a Second Language
Pages: 47-88
Authors: Da-Hui Dong and Yu-Su Lan
This article compares the differences in the use of textual features and cohesive devices among translators with different levels of translation competence. The data are extracted from a Chinese into English translation corpus, which consists of 315 translation passages produced by 105 translators. The features and devices identified in the literature review are first subjected to a one-way ANOVA and then a discriminant analysis to yield those features and devices statistically salient enough to differentiate translation competence levels. The results of this study provide insight into L2 translation competence and suggest a new approach to assessing such competence.
Keywords
Chinese into English translation, Translation corpus, Textual competence, Cohesive devices, Discriminant analysis, Native and non-native English speakers, Translation assessment
FEATURE ARTICLE
Translator Training in the European Higher Education Area: Curriculum Design for the Bologna Process. A Case Study
Pages: 89-114
Author: Celia Rico
All across Europe, universities are currently engaged in a process of curricular reform to meet the requirements of the Bologna Declaration (1999) and, in doing so, create the European Higher Education Area by 2010. As part of this reform process, European higher education institutions aim to adopt easily comparable curricular structures, establish a common system of credit transfer, promote student mobility and develop shared quality assurance methodologies. This paper examines a number of pedagogical principles inspired by the Bologna agenda, including the growing pervasiveness of student-centred methodologies that encourage active learning and rely on new channels for trainer-trainee interaction. It is argued that this new pedagogical trend runs parallel to recent developments in translator training, such as social constructivism (Kiraly 2000) or task-based learning (Hurtado 1999, González Davies 2004), which also revolve around the student as the centre of the learning process. The paper then focuses on a pilot adaptation experience within the Spanish higher education system: the reform of the translation degree programme at Universidad Europea de Madrid. This account begins by placing the chosen case study within the wider context of legislative reform in Spain; it then moves on to outline the steps taken to ensure that the reformed curriculum meets the institutional requirements, as well as the rationale for the proposed distribution of curricular contents within the new degree structure. The advantages of using digital portfolios as instructional tools underpinning the implementation of key principles in the Bologna reform process are also examined.
Keywords
Bologna Declaration, Higher education reform, European Higher Education Area, Digital portfolio, Translation competence, Socio-constructivism
REVIEWS
Jorge Díaz Cintas and Aline Remael. Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling (Translation Practices Explained Series, vol. 11)
Pages: 115-118
Reviewed by Eithne O'Connell
Piotr Kuhiwczak and Karin Littau (eds). A Companion to Translation Studies (Topics in Translation Series, vol. 34)
Reviewed by Michał Borodo
Elia Yuste Rodrigo (ed.). Topics in Language Resources for Translation and Localisation
Reviewed by: Xu Jianzhong
Daniel Gouadec. Translation as a Profession (Benjamins Translation Library, vol. 73)
Reviewed by: Seán Ó Ciaráin
Paweł Płusa. Rozwijanie kompetencji przekładu i kształcenie tłumaczy [The Development of Translation Competence and the Education of Translators]
Reviewed by: Monika Linke
Theses Abstracts
Report on Second International Conference on Teaching Translation and Interpreting (TTI 2009)
Author/Editor:
Year of publication: 2010
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing (UK)
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/periodicals/journal.php?j=107&v=719&i=720
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Contents
A Case Study of the Use of Storytelling as a Pedagogical Tool for Teaching Interpreting Students
Pages: 1-32
Author: Jemina Napier
This article details the findings of a systemic functional linguistic case study of university classroom talk, and in particular an evaluation of the storytelling that occurs in classroom talk and its functioning as a pedagogical tool with interpreting students. The data consists of two hours of naturalistic classroom talk that occurred with sign language interpreting students discussing the topic of interpreting ethics. The 'chunks' of the text comprised of storytelling were identified, and the stories were classified into genres. The study revealed exemplum stories to be the most common story genre, and that story genres were used by both the teacher and students to make meaning within the learning process. The findings of this study are innovative in that they demonstrate that storytelling is a feature of pragmatic teacher-student interaction, and is a pedagogical tool used to engage with sign language interpreting students in order to relate practical experience to theoretical constructs, which could be considered by spoken language interpreter educators if culturally appropriate.
Keywords
Storytelling, Classroom talk, Systemic functional linguistics, Problem-based learning, Interpreter education
I Have Rhythm Therefore I Am: Exploiting the Linguistic Anthropology of Marcel Jousse in Exploring an African Curriculum for Translator Education
Pages: 33-46
Author: Kobus Marais
This article sets out to explore features of human interaction on the African continent with the aim of developing a contextualized pedagogy for translator education in Africa. It makes use of Jousse's linguistic anthropology, which conceptualizes the anthropos as expressing itself in rhythmo-mimismological gestes. This holistic conceptualization of human existence and communication is exploited as a framework within which to theorize the context of translator education in Africa as being at the interface of oralate and literate culture. The article aims not only to question dominant notions of language, communication, translation and pedagogy that have their roots in Western thought, but also to restore credibility to oralate human interaction and to rethink the translation of literature that has originated in oralate-literature culture or that is a hybrid between orality and literacy. Lastly, it attempts to draw implications from the above for a pedagogy for translator education in Africa.
Keywords
Translator education, Orality, Pedagogy, African context, Gestes
Textual Competence and the Use of Cohesion Devices in Translating into a Second Language
Pages: 47-88
Authors: Da-Hui Dong and Yu-Su Lan
This article compares the differences in the use of textual features and cohesive devices among translators with different levels of translation competence. The data are extracted from a Chinese into English translation corpus, which consists of 315 translation passages produced by 105 translators. The features and devices identified in the literature review are first subjected to a one-way ANOVA and then a discriminant analysis to yield those features and devices statistically salient enough to differentiate translation competence levels. The results of this study provide insight into L2 translation competence and suggest a new approach to assessing such competence.
Keywords
Chinese into English translation, Translation corpus, Textual competence, Cohesive devices, Discriminant analysis, Native and non-native English speakers, Translation assessment
FEATURE ARTICLE
Translator Training in the European Higher Education Area: Curriculum Design for the Bologna Process. A Case Study
Pages: 89-114
Author: Celia Rico
All across Europe, universities are currently engaged in a process of curricular reform to meet the requirements of the Bologna Declaration (1999) and, in doing so, create the European Higher Education Area by 2010. As part of this reform process, European higher education institutions aim to adopt easily comparable curricular structures, establish a common system of credit transfer, promote student mobility and develop shared quality assurance methodologies. This paper examines a number of pedagogical principles inspired by the Bologna agenda, including the growing pervasiveness of student-centred methodologies that encourage active learning and rely on new channels for trainer-trainee interaction. It is argued that this new pedagogical trend runs parallel to recent developments in translator training, such as social constructivism (Kiraly 2000) or task-based learning (Hurtado 1999, González Davies 2004), which also revolve around the student as the centre of the learning process. The paper then focuses on a pilot adaptation experience within the Spanish higher education system: the reform of the translation degree programme at Universidad Europea de Madrid. This account begins by placing the chosen case study within the wider context of legislative reform in Spain; it then moves on to outline the steps taken to ensure that the reformed curriculum meets the institutional requirements, as well as the rationale for the proposed distribution of curricular contents within the new degree structure. The advantages of using digital portfolios as instructional tools underpinning the implementation of key principles in the Bologna reform process are also examined.
Keywords
Bologna Declaration, Higher education reform, European Higher Education Area, Digital portfolio, Translation competence, Socio-constructivism
REVIEWS
Jorge Díaz Cintas and Aline Remael. Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling (Translation Practices Explained Series, vol. 11)
Pages: 115-118
Reviewed by Eithne O'Connell
Piotr Kuhiwczak and Karin Littau (eds). A Companion to Translation Studies (Topics in Translation Series, vol. 34)
Reviewed by Michał Borodo
Elia Yuste Rodrigo (ed.). Topics in Language Resources for Translation and Localisation
Reviewed by: Xu Jianzhong
Daniel Gouadec. Translation as a Profession (Benjamins Translation Library, vol. 73)
Reviewed by: Seán Ó Ciaráin
Paweł Płusa. Rozwijanie kompetencji przekładu i kształcenie tłumaczy [The Development of Translation Competence and the Education of Translators]
Reviewed by: Monika Linke
Theses Abstracts
Report on Second International Conference on Teaching Translation and Interpreting (TTI 2009)
Posted by Ken Baker 8th February 2010.
Interpreting and Translating in Public Service Settings. Policy, Practice, Pedagogy
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Raquel de Pedro Ricoy, Isabelle Perez and Christine Wilson
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=533&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-16-0
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=533&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
Publication blurb: Translation, interpreting and other forms of communication support within public sector settings constitute a field which deals, quite literally, with matters of life and death. Overshadowed for many years by interpreting and translating in other domains, public sector interpreting and translating has received growing attention in recent years, with increasingly mobile populations and human rights, diversity and equality legislation shining the spotlight on the need for quality provision across an increasing range and volume of activities.
Interpreting and Translating in Public Service Settings offers a collection of analytically-grounded essays that provide new insights into the reality of the interaction in public sector settings and into the roles and positioning of the participants by challenging existing models and paradigms. Issues of local need, but with global resonance, are addressed, and current reality is set against plans for the future. The triad of participants (interpreter/translator, public sector professional and client) is investigated, as are aspects of pedagogy, policy and practice. Empirical data supports the study of topics related to written, spoken and signed activities in a variety of professional settings. Bringing together academics and practitioners from different countries in order to explore the multidisciplinary dimension of the subject, this collection should serve as a valuable reference tool, not only for academics and students of public sector interpreting and translating, but also for practising linguists, providers of language services and policy makers.
Contents
Preface
Lorraine Leeson
Introduction
Raquel de Pedro Ricoy
A TICS Model from Scotland: A Profile of Translation, Interpreting and Communication Support in the Public Services in Scotland
Isabelle A Perez and Christine Wilson
Abstract. A Heriot-Watt University team from the Centre for Translation and Interpreting Studies in Scotland (CTISS) was commissioned by the Scottish Executive to review practice in relation to the provision of translating, interpreting and communication support (TICS) within the public services in Scotland in 2004. This paper introduces the research project, which was the first to gather actual evidence to support hitherto local impressions or anecdotal views and to take account of the full range of possible TICS needs and provision across all languages. The primary objective of the project was to study TICS provision from the perspective of two of the three participants in the communication triad: the TICS providers and the public sector bodies (PSBs). The paper outlines some of the findings of a comprehensive study of TICS providers in Scotland. It also presents a brief review of findings from the study of a sample of PSBs, at both grassroots and policy levels, in a variety of types of area across Scotland and in a range of sectors. It concludes with the presentation of a model based on the recommendations that emerged from the research project and which could provide a coherent plan for future developments in TICS.
"Top-down" or "Bottom-up"?: Language Policies in Public Service Interpreting in the Republic of Ireland, Scotland and Spain
Bernardette O'Rourke and Pedro Castillo
Abstract. Economic prosperity along with ensuing labour shortages and a marked increase in the number of asylum seekers and political refugees have had a significant impact on the ethnic and linguistic make-up of many of our societies. The past number of years has witnessed a renewed interest in issues of language policy and planning, emerging from these changes, where nation-states are becoming more varied, diverse and at the same time more global. Language policy and planning initiatives in the area of public sector interpreting in Ireland, Scotland and Spain are examined in this paper. All three contexts offer examples of cases where there has been a marked increase in the number of economic immigrants, refugees and asylum seekers in recent years. Language policy and planning measures which regulate for the provision of interpreting services to non-indigenous ethnic minority language groups in all three contexts are critically explored. This paper explores both overt and covert "top-down" policies at government and institutional level, as well as "bottom-up" and grassroots initiatives taking place to resist, protest about or negotiate declared language policies and to propose alternatives.
Role, Positioning and Discourse in Face-to-Face Interpreting
Ian Mason
Abstract. Whereas "role" and "role conflict" have been key terms in the research and development of public-service interpreting, this paper proposes, following Davies and Harré (1990), to substitute the notion of "positioning" for that of "role" in order to reflect the constantly evolving nature of interaction among participants in interpreter-mediated encounters. Positioning differs from footing in that, rather than being the choice of an individual speaker, it evolves as a result of joint negotiation among all the participants (i.e. positions adopted by one participant are either accepted and adopted by other participants or rejected and replaced). The main source of data is a series of televised immigration interviews that illustrate a variety of positioning behaviours. A number of (para)linguistic and pragmatic categories will be suggested to illustrate ways in which participants, by their discursive practices, position themselves and others and are, in turn, affected by each other's positionings. These discursive practices are seen as emanating from social institutions or "communities of practice" (Wenger 1998), which play a part in shaping the perceptions, stance, behaviour and utterances of all those involved.
Teaching Interpreting in Cyberspace: The Answer to All Our Prayers?
Hanne Skaaden and Maria Wattne
Abstract. An internet-based course on public sector interpreting was developed and tested by the authors for the University of Oslo and the Norwegian Directorate of Immigration in 2004. A mixed-gender group of 116 students (the majority of whom were immigrants) attended the online course, in which 13 working languages (including Norwegian as the common denominator) were represented. Drawing on this experience, the authors critically discuss both the advantages and the challenges of taking the interpreting student into the cyber-classroom, and illustrate that interpreting competencies and subject-specific knowledge can be successfully acquired in cyberspace. The pedagogical approach is inspired by experiential learning theory (Kolb 1984, cf. Boyatzis et al. 1995). Taking the importance of interpreter training as a starting point and using examples from the cyber-learning environment created for the course, the authors demonstrate the applicability of this pedagogical approach to the instruction of interpreters in general and its relevance in the context of an online-based approach in particular.
Interpreters in Emergency Wards: An Empirical Study of Doctor-Interpreter-Patient Interaction
Raffaela Merlini
Abstract. This paper explores interpreting practice in the field of emergency medicine. The analysis is conducted on a corpus of taperecorded interpreter-mediated encounters between the medical staff of an Italian hospital and English-speaking tourists. The specificity of the setting - an Accident & Emergency Ward - where patients are not members of a minority community, but feel nonetheless vulnerable because the emergency has occurred away from home, as well as the unusual profile of the interpreters who are employed on a seasonal basis as "administrative assistants", make this study an atypical investigation into public service interpreting. Through the use of different theoretical approaches - from Fairclough's distinction between powerful and non-powerful participants, to ten Have's notion of phase-specific conversational patterns, to Hall's theory of contexting - it is demonstrated that asymmetry in medical encounters is the product of a complex set of factors. More specifically, it is a shifting variable which is locally and interactionally determined through successive turns at talk by all interlocutors, doctor, patient and interpreter alike. The latter, in particular, is seen to behave as a fully-fledged social actor who makes independent choices on the basis of his or her assessment of the goals and requirements of the ongoing activity.
Role Models in Mental Health Interpreting
Hanneke Bot
Abstract. In this paper, two frequently used models of interpreter and user cooperation are described: the translation machine model and the interactive model of interpreting. The paper provides a summary of observations made on the basis of some empirical data (extracted from videotaped interpreter-mediated psychotherapeutic sessions) with regard to the adherence of participants in the communication to these models. It concludes that the translation machine model is,in essence, an ideology, but that translation machine techniques are used in practice. It also concludes that the translation machine ideology denies the interactional realities of interpreter-mediated talk, which leads to the unwarranted assumption that interpreters actually make equivalent renditions that do not need any repair strategies.The interactional approach, however, leads to the questioning of the concept of equivalence and to the use of repair strategies in the practice of interpreter-mediated talk. This ultimately leads to the mutual understanding at which this type of talk aims.
Feminization: A Socially and Politically Charged Translation Strategy
Lyse Hébert
Abstract. "Language [consists] of socially and politically situated practices that are differentially distributed on the basis of gender, class, race, ethnicity and other phenomena" (Briggs 1996:4). Discursive features can index, at times simultaneously, a number of social and political positions and identities. One such position/identity is gender. As a salient social category, gender is discursively foregrounded through a variety of utterances and silences and, in certain languages, through mandatory grammatical markers. This paper presents the results of a study aimed at assessing the reactions of Francophone nurses in Ontario (a Canadian English-speaking province) to translated documents produced by their regulatory college. More specifically, the purpose of the study was to determine the impact of the feminization of texts directed to a predominantly female readership. This qualitative analysis focused on respondents' attitudes toward the feminization strategies used by translators, but also produced surprising data regarding reactions to gender neutral texts in either English or French. The study demonstrates that certain discursive/translation strategies aimed at redressing inequalities may be perceived by some readers as detrimental. In fact, results show that gender cannot be separated from other salient social, political and economic factors.
Court Interpreters' Self Perception: A Spanish Case Study
Anne Martin and Juan Miguel Ortega Herráez
Abstract. Several authors (e.g. Berk-Seligson 1990; Jansen 1995) have described how court interpreters tend to adopt a more active role than would be expected, and how this can influence the end result of their work. They may perform functions that, in principle, fall within the remit of professionals from other fields: provision oflegal advice and, in extreme cases, social work. The aim of this paper is to analyze this active role from the standpoint of the interpreters themselves. It is based on research involving 19 subjects who replied to a questionnaire exploring the perceptions of practising court interpreters in the Madrid region of Spain with regard to their work. The topics covered include controversial issues at the centre of the debate about the court interpreter's role, such as adaptation of language register, cultural explanations, expansion and omission of information and the relationship between interpreter and clients. It was crucial to determine whether court interpreters, at least in Spain, are aware of what their role is, where its limits lie and what reasons may induce them to go beyond their established functions. The results indicate that the majority of practising court interpreters seem to go beyond the remit that codes of ethics stipulate.
The Pragmatic Significance of Modal Particles in an Interpreted German Asylum Interview
Maria Tillmann
Abstract. The pragmatic significance of modal particles in interpreted discourse has not received much attention in dialogue-interpreting research. Particularly in instances of interpretation between languages that differ in the frequency of use of modal particles, the way in which interpreters deal with the pragmatic intention of such discourse markers merits investigation. This study is based on the analysis of five passages from an authentic asylum interview held by the German immigration authorities and interpreted between German and English. The use of modal particles is a prominent feature of the immigration official's questioning technique, whichseems designed to reduce distance and improve rapport, while urging the applicant to provide more detailed information about himself. The interpreter is found to introduce pragmatic changes by rendering questions less forceful or reducing the openness of questions. Modal particles used to convey casualness are omitted by the interpreter, as are particles that subtly indicate the immigration official's growing scepticism. The overall effect of the interpreter's deletion of pragmatic content from the official's questions on the discoursal atmosphere may have crucial consequences for the goalof the encounter: to establish the applicant's story of persecution and, above all, the truth of his assertions.
Forging Alliances: The Role of the Sign Language Interpreter in Workplace Discourse
Jules Dickinson and Graham Turner
Abstract. This paper examines the role of the sign language interpreter in workplace settings and outlines the case for the interpreter as an integral, visible and active part of the communication process. The authors argue that, in order to work effectively and successfully in any setting, sign language interpreters must continue to move away from the pervasive "interpreter as conduit" norm and must consider working in a more transparent and open way, involving and informing all parties in the communicative interaction. The workplace is a complex environment, with its own specific rules and culturalnorms. People present different social identities at work and these identities are continually negotiated and constructed through interaction with their colleagues. Sign language interpreters have to be aware of all these complexities and must act as cultural mediators, working in a participatory way with both Deaf and hearing clients in order to co-construct a shared understanding of discourse andaccurately reflect and replay the shifting, hybrid identities within that discourse. Drawing upon data from a study into the experiences of sign language interpreters in the workplace environment, the article explores the ways in which all primary participants can contribute to a more successful interpreted outcome.
Index
Author/Editor: Raquel de Pedro Ricoy, Isabelle Perez and Christine Wilson
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=533&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-16-0
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=533&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3
Publication blurb: Translation, interpreting and other forms of communication support within public sector settings constitute a field which deals, quite literally, with matters of life and death. Overshadowed for many years by interpreting and translating in other domains, public sector interpreting and translating has received growing attention in recent years, with increasingly mobile populations and human rights, diversity and equality legislation shining the spotlight on the need for quality provision across an increasing range and volume of activities.
Interpreting and Translating in Public Service Settings offers a collection of analytically-grounded essays that provide new insights into the reality of the interaction in public sector settings and into the roles and positioning of the participants by challenging existing models and paradigms. Issues of local need, but with global resonance, are addressed, and current reality is set against plans for the future. The triad of participants (interpreter/translator, public sector professional and client) is investigated, as are aspects of pedagogy, policy and practice. Empirical data supports the study of topics related to written, spoken and signed activities in a variety of professional settings. Bringing together academics and practitioners from different countries in order to explore the multidisciplinary dimension of the subject, this collection should serve as a valuable reference tool, not only for academics and students of public sector interpreting and translating, but also for practising linguists, providers of language services and policy makers.
Contents
Preface
Lorraine Leeson
Introduction
Raquel de Pedro Ricoy
A TICS Model from Scotland: A Profile of Translation, Interpreting and Communication Support in the Public Services in Scotland
Isabelle A Perez and Christine Wilson
Abstract. A Heriot-Watt University team from the Centre for Translation and Interpreting Studies in Scotland (CTISS) was commissioned by the Scottish Executive to review practice in relation to the provision of translating, interpreting and communication support (TICS) within the public services in Scotland in 2004. This paper introduces the research project, which was the first to gather actual evidence to support hitherto local impressions or anecdotal views and to take account of the full range of possible TICS needs and provision across all languages. The primary objective of the project was to study TICS provision from the perspective of two of the three participants in the communication triad: the TICS providers and the public sector bodies (PSBs). The paper outlines some of the findings of a comprehensive study of TICS providers in Scotland. It also presents a brief review of findings from the study of a sample of PSBs, at both grassroots and policy levels, in a variety of types of area across Scotland and in a range of sectors. It concludes with the presentation of a model based on the recommendations that emerged from the research project and which could provide a coherent plan for future developments in TICS.
"Top-down" or "Bottom-up"?: Language Policies in Public Service Interpreting in the Republic of Ireland, Scotland and Spain
Bernardette O'Rourke and Pedro Castillo
Abstract. Economic prosperity along with ensuing labour shortages and a marked increase in the number of asylum seekers and political refugees have had a significant impact on the ethnic and linguistic make-up of many of our societies. The past number of years has witnessed a renewed interest in issues of language policy and planning, emerging from these changes, where nation-states are becoming more varied, diverse and at the same time more global. Language policy and planning initiatives in the area of public sector interpreting in Ireland, Scotland and Spain are examined in this paper. All three contexts offer examples of cases where there has been a marked increase in the number of economic immigrants, refugees and asylum seekers in recent years. Language policy and planning measures which regulate for the provision of interpreting services to non-indigenous ethnic minority language groups in all three contexts are critically explored. This paper explores both overt and covert "top-down" policies at government and institutional level, as well as "bottom-up" and grassroots initiatives taking place to resist, protest about or negotiate declared language policies and to propose alternatives.
Role, Positioning and Discourse in Face-to-Face Interpreting
Ian Mason
Abstract. Whereas "role" and "role conflict" have been key terms in the research and development of public-service interpreting, this paper proposes, following Davies and Harré (1990), to substitute the notion of "positioning" for that of "role" in order to reflect the constantly evolving nature of interaction among participants in interpreter-mediated encounters. Positioning differs from footing in that, rather than being the choice of an individual speaker, it evolves as a result of joint negotiation among all the participants (i.e. positions adopted by one participant are either accepted and adopted by other participants or rejected and replaced). The main source of data is a series of televised immigration interviews that illustrate a variety of positioning behaviours. A number of (para)linguistic and pragmatic categories will be suggested to illustrate ways in which participants, by their discursive practices, position themselves and others and are, in turn, affected by each other's positionings. These discursive practices are seen as emanating from social institutions or "communities of practice" (Wenger 1998), which play a part in shaping the perceptions, stance, behaviour and utterances of all those involved.
Teaching Interpreting in Cyberspace: The Answer to All Our Prayers?
Hanne Skaaden and Maria Wattne
Abstract. An internet-based course on public sector interpreting was developed and tested by the authors for the University of Oslo and the Norwegian Directorate of Immigration in 2004. A mixed-gender group of 116 students (the majority of whom were immigrants) attended the online course, in which 13 working languages (including Norwegian as the common denominator) were represented. Drawing on this experience, the authors critically discuss both the advantages and the challenges of taking the interpreting student into the cyber-classroom, and illustrate that interpreting competencies and subject-specific knowledge can be successfully acquired in cyberspace. The pedagogical approach is inspired by experiential learning theory (Kolb 1984, cf. Boyatzis et al. 1995). Taking the importance of interpreter training as a starting point and using examples from the cyber-learning environment created for the course, the authors demonstrate the applicability of this pedagogical approach to the instruction of interpreters in general and its relevance in the context of an online-based approach in particular.
Interpreters in Emergency Wards: An Empirical Study of Doctor-Interpreter-Patient Interaction
Raffaela Merlini
Abstract. This paper explores interpreting practice in the field of emergency medicine. The analysis is conducted on a corpus of taperecorded interpreter-mediated encounters between the medical staff of an Italian hospital and English-speaking tourists. The specificity of the setting - an Accident & Emergency Ward - where patients are not members of a minority community, but feel nonetheless vulnerable because the emergency has occurred away from home, as well as the unusual profile of the interpreters who are employed on a seasonal basis as "administrative assistants", make this study an atypical investigation into public service interpreting. Through the use of different theoretical approaches - from Fairclough's distinction between powerful and non-powerful participants, to ten Have's notion of phase-specific conversational patterns, to Hall's theory of contexting - it is demonstrated that asymmetry in medical encounters is the product of a complex set of factors. More specifically, it is a shifting variable which is locally and interactionally determined through successive turns at talk by all interlocutors, doctor, patient and interpreter alike. The latter, in particular, is seen to behave as a fully-fledged social actor who makes independent choices on the basis of his or her assessment of the goals and requirements of the ongoing activity.
Role Models in Mental Health Interpreting
Hanneke Bot
Abstract. In this paper, two frequently used models of interpreter and user cooperation are described: the translation machine model and the interactive model of interpreting. The paper provides a summary of observations made on the basis of some empirical data (extracted from videotaped interpreter-mediated psychotherapeutic sessions) with regard to the adherence of participants in the communication to these models. It concludes that the translation machine model is,in essence, an ideology, but that translation machine techniques are used in practice. It also concludes that the translation machine ideology denies the interactional realities of interpreter-mediated talk, which leads to the unwarranted assumption that interpreters actually make equivalent renditions that do not need any repair strategies.The interactional approach, however, leads to the questioning of the concept of equivalence and to the use of repair strategies in the practice of interpreter-mediated talk. This ultimately leads to the mutual understanding at which this type of talk aims.
Feminization: A Socially and Politically Charged Translation Strategy
Lyse Hébert
Abstract. "Language [consists] of socially and politically situated practices that are differentially distributed on the basis of gender, class, race, ethnicity and other phenomena" (Briggs 1996:4). Discursive features can index, at times simultaneously, a number of social and political positions and identities. One such position/identity is gender. As a salient social category, gender is discursively foregrounded through a variety of utterances and silences and, in certain languages, through mandatory grammatical markers. This paper presents the results of a study aimed at assessing the reactions of Francophone nurses in Ontario (a Canadian English-speaking province) to translated documents produced by their regulatory college. More specifically, the purpose of the study was to determine the impact of the feminization of texts directed to a predominantly female readership. This qualitative analysis focused on respondents' attitudes toward the feminization strategies used by translators, but also produced surprising data regarding reactions to gender neutral texts in either English or French. The study demonstrates that certain discursive/translation strategies aimed at redressing inequalities may be perceived by some readers as detrimental. In fact, results show that gender cannot be separated from other salient social, political and economic factors.
Court Interpreters' Self Perception: A Spanish Case Study
Anne Martin and Juan Miguel Ortega Herráez
Abstract. Several authors (e.g. Berk-Seligson 1990; Jansen 1995) have described how court interpreters tend to adopt a more active role than would be expected, and how this can influence the end result of their work. They may perform functions that, in principle, fall within the remit of professionals from other fields: provision oflegal advice and, in extreme cases, social work. The aim of this paper is to analyze this active role from the standpoint of the interpreters themselves. It is based on research involving 19 subjects who replied to a questionnaire exploring the perceptions of practising court interpreters in the Madrid region of Spain with regard to their work. The topics covered include controversial issues at the centre of the debate about the court interpreter's role, such as adaptation of language register, cultural explanations, expansion and omission of information and the relationship between interpreter and clients. It was crucial to determine whether court interpreters, at least in Spain, are aware of what their role is, where its limits lie and what reasons may induce them to go beyond their established functions. The results indicate that the majority of practising court interpreters seem to go beyond the remit that codes of ethics stipulate.
The Pragmatic Significance of Modal Particles in an Interpreted German Asylum Interview
Maria Tillmann
Abstract. The pragmatic significance of modal particles in interpreted discourse has not received much attention in dialogue-interpreting research. Particularly in instances of interpretation between languages that differ in the frequency of use of modal particles, the way in which interpreters deal with the pragmatic intention of such discourse markers merits investigation. This study is based on the analysis of five passages from an authentic asylum interview held by the German immigration authorities and interpreted between German and English. The use of modal particles is a prominent feature of the immigration official's questioning technique, whichseems designed to reduce distance and improve rapport, while urging the applicant to provide more detailed information about himself. The interpreter is found to introduce pragmatic changes by rendering questions less forceful or reducing the openness of questions. Modal particles used to convey casualness are omitted by the interpreter, as are particles that subtly indicate the immigration official's growing scepticism. The overall effect of the interpreter's deletion of pragmatic content from the official's questions on the discoursal atmosphere may have crucial consequences for the goalof the encounter: to establish the applicant's story of persecution and, above all, the truth of his assertions.
Forging Alliances: The Role of the Sign Language Interpreter in Workplace Discourse
Jules Dickinson and Graham Turner
Abstract. This paper examines the role of the sign language interpreter in workplace settings and outlines the case for the interpreter as an integral, visible and active part of the communication process. The authors argue that, in order to work effectively and successfully in any setting, sign language interpreters must continue to move away from the pervasive "interpreter as conduit" norm and must consider working in a more transparent and open way, involving and informing all parties in the communicative interaction. The workplace is a complex environment, with its own specific rules and culturalnorms. People present different social identities at work and these identities are continually negotiated and constructed through interaction with their colleagues. Sign language interpreters have to be aware of all these complexities and must act as cultural mediators, working in a participatory way with both Deaf and hearing clients in order to co-construct a shared understanding of discourse andaccurately reflect and replay the shifting, hybrid identities within that discourse. Drawing upon data from a study into the experiences of sign language interpreters in the workplace environment, the article explores the ways in which all primary participants can contribute to a more successful interpreted outcome.
Index
Posted by Ken Baker 17th October 2009.
Translated People, Translated Texts. Language and Migration in Contemporary African Literature
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Tina STEINER
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=535&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3&msg=&finds=0&string=
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-18-2
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=535&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3&msg=&finds=0&string=
Publication blurb: Translated People, Translated Texts examines contemporary migration narratives by four African writers who live in the diaspora and write in English: Leila Aboulela and Jamal Mahjoub from the Sudan, now living in Scotland and Spain respectively, and Abdulrazak Gurnah and Moyez G. Vassanji from Tanzania, now residing in the UK and Canada.
Focusing on how language operates in relation to both culture and identity, Steiner foregrounds the complexities of migration as cultural translation. Cultural translation is a concept which locates itself in postcolonial literary theory as well as translation studies. The manipulation of English in such a way as to signify translated experience is crucial in this regard. The study focuses on a particular angle on cultural translation for each writer under discussion: translation of Islam and the strategic use of nostalgia in Leila Aboulela's texts; translation and the production of scholarly knowledge in Jamal Mahjoub's novels; translation and storytelling in Abdulrazak Gurnah's fiction; and translation between the individual and old and new communities in Vassanji's work.
Translated People, Translated Texts makes a significant contribution to our understanding of migration as a common condition of the postcolonial world and offers a welcome insight into particular travellers and their unique translations.
Contents
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Cultural Translation in Contemporary African Migrant Literature
1. Mapping the Terrain
Defining Cultural Translation
The manipulation of language
Contact zones, homes and destinations
Historical, religious and personal contexts of departure
2. Strategic Nostalgia, Islam and Cultural Translation in
Leila Aboulela's The Translator (1999) and Coloured Lights (2001)
Strategic nostalgia
Orientalism, Islamism and supplementary spaces
Politics of language and nostalgic memories
Translating back
3. Translation, Knowledge and the Reader in Jamal
Mahjoub's Wings of Dust (1994) and The Carrier (1998)
Translation's threat to authority: "All knowledge in these dark times is dangerous"
Exile and madness: a portrait of two translators: Sharif and Shibshib
Copernicus, carriers and the translation of scientific knowledge
4. Mimicry or Translation: Storytelling and Migrant Identity in Abdulrazak Gurnah's Admiring Silence (1996) and By the Sea (2001)
Migrant storytelling and cultural translation
Mimicry or the refusal to translate in Admiring Silence: "Beware of the stories you read or tell"
Cultural translation in By the Sea: "Stories can transform enemies into friends"
5. Translation between the Individual and Community in Moyez G. Vassanji's No New Land (1991) and Amriika (1999)
Cultural translation and the threat of community
Migration and difficult translations in No New Land
Migration, a translation into other galaxies? Amriika
Conclusion
Cultural Translation and the Troubling of Locations of Identity
Bibliography
Index
Author/Editor: Tina STEINER
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=535&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3&msg=&finds=0&string=
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-18-2
Price and ordering information: £22.50 (inc. postage and packing)
http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=535&doctype=StJBooks§ion=3&msg=&finds=0&string=
Publication blurb: Translated People, Translated Texts examines contemporary migration narratives by four African writers who live in the diaspora and write in English: Leila Aboulela and Jamal Mahjoub from the Sudan, now living in Scotland and Spain respectively, and Abdulrazak Gurnah and Moyez G. Vassanji from Tanzania, now residing in the UK and Canada.
Focusing on how language operates in relation to both culture and identity, Steiner foregrounds the complexities of migration as cultural translation. Cultural translation is a concept which locates itself in postcolonial literary theory as well as translation studies. The manipulation of English in such a way as to signify translated experience is crucial in this regard. The study focuses on a particular angle on cultural translation for each writer under discussion: translation of Islam and the strategic use of nostalgia in Leila Aboulela's texts; translation and the production of scholarly knowledge in Jamal Mahjoub's novels; translation and storytelling in Abdulrazak Gurnah's fiction; and translation between the individual and old and new communities in Vassanji's work.
Translated People, Translated Texts makes a significant contribution to our understanding of migration as a common condition of the postcolonial world and offers a welcome insight into particular travellers and their unique translations.
Contents
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Cultural Translation in Contemporary African Migrant Literature
1. Mapping the Terrain
Defining Cultural Translation
The manipulation of language
Contact zones, homes and destinations
Historical, religious and personal contexts of departure
2. Strategic Nostalgia, Islam and Cultural Translation in
Leila Aboulela's The Translator (1999) and Coloured Lights (2001)
Strategic nostalgia
Orientalism, Islamism and supplementary spaces
Politics of language and nostalgic memories
Translating back
3. Translation, Knowledge and the Reader in Jamal
Mahjoub's Wings of Dust (1994) and The Carrier (1998)
Translation's threat to authority: "All knowledge in these dark times is dangerous"
Exile and madness: a portrait of two translators: Sharif and Shibshib
Copernicus, carriers and the translation of scientific knowledge
4. Mimicry or Translation: Storytelling and Migrant Identity in Abdulrazak Gurnah's Admiring Silence (1996) and By the Sea (2001)
Migrant storytelling and cultural translation
Mimicry or the refusal to translate in Admiring Silence: "Beware of the stories you read or tell"
Cultural translation in By the Sea: "Stories can transform enemies into friends"
5. Translation between the Individual and Community in Moyez G. Vassanji's No New Land (1991) and Amriika (1999)
Cultural translation and the threat of community
Migration and difficult translations in No New Land
Migration, a translation into other galaxies? Amriika
Conclusion
Cultural Translation and the Troubling of Locations of Identity
Bibliography
Index
Posted by Ken Baker 9th October 2009.
Chinese Discourses on Translation; Positions and Perspectives (The Translator, 15:2)
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Guest-edited by Martha Cheung, Hong Kong Baptist University
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: Chinese Discourses on Translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/periodicals/journal.php?j=72&v=660&i=679
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-905763-14-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Chinese discourse on translation has always been a site for negotiating cultural politics, and for heated debates about the perennial problem of China’s relation with the world. Traditional Chinese discourse on translation has been criticized for being impressionistic, unscientific, anecdotal and unsystematic, and more or less consigned to oblivion, while contemporary Chinese discourse on translation became almost synonymous with Chinese translations, explications and/or application of imported translation theories. In the mid 1980s, however, there was a wave of critical self-reflection on this state of affairs. Alarmed by the loss of ability to tap into the power of discourse and to exercise the right of discourse, and by the muting of the Chinese voice to mere echoes of the voice of the West, there has been, in the field of translation studies as in other fields, a series of movements to rediscover the roots of Chinese culture, to reconstruct a Chinese tradition, to regain a Chinese voice, and to re-establish a Chinese system of learning. A similar process of critical self-reflection has also unfolded in the Anglo-American world. The impact of postcolonial thinking has produced some sharp critiques of Eurocentrism in different academic disciplines, including translation studies, and there have been attempts at borrowing and learning from other discourses on translation in order to produce new models or conduct new theoretical explorations.
Chinese Discourses on Translation sets out to address these issues from the perspectives of Chinese and non-Chinese scholars of translation, and to bring contemporary Chinese discourses on translation to the attention of a wider readership.
Contents
Introduction. Chinese Discourses on Translation
Positions and Perspectives
Pages: 223-38
Author: Martha P. Y. Cheung, Hong Kong
Abstract. Chinese discourses on translation have always been a site for negotiating cultural politics, and for heated debates about the perennial problem of China’s relation with the world. In its most recent form, the debate revolves around whether the import of foreign translation theories and the application of these theories to Chinese materials have resulted in a marginalization of traditional Chinese discourse on translation within the Chinese system of knowledge, and in the muting of Chinese voices to mere echoes of the voice of the West. Also debated vigorously is the related question of the importance of asserting Chineseness in academic discourses on translation. The reasons behind the Chinese preoccupation with issues of national and cultural identity are explored in the broader context of the postcolonial world and the plight of scholars working in non-metropolitan centres. The positions and perspectives of the major participants in this local debate are almost certain to have reverberations not only among the scholars concerned but also among those committed to moving beyond Eurocentric modes of thinking and promoting dialogue between major and non-major translation traditions.
Keywords. Chineseness, Cluster concept, Cultural politics, Discourse, Eurocentrism, Identity, International translation studies, Post-ism.
Theorizing the Politics of Translation in a Global Era: A Chinese Perspective
Pages: 239-259
Author: Guo Yangsheng, P.R. China
Abstract. In an age of globalization that is characterized by pervasive use of various forms of translation within different political contexts, theorizing the politics of translation assumes considerable importance. Such theorization has to move beyond linguistic, textual, cultural and national boundaries - by way of re-examining lived and living experiences of the politics of translation -and must involve reconstructing and rewriting the history of translation. This article seeks to explain, from a Chinese point of view, the political impact of globalization on translation, and to identify the domestic and international challenges that Chinese translation theorists face in theorizing the politics of Chinese translation within a postmodern, postcolonial and globalized context. Finally, it explores whether this Chinese effort to politicize translation can open up a new space for a much-needed intercivilizational dialogue with the West.
Keywords. Cultural values, Globalization, héhé, Identity, Intercivilizational dialogue, Politics of translation
Translating the Other: Discursive Contradictions and New Orientalism in Contemporary Advertising in China
Pages: 261-282
Author: Mao Sihui, Macao
Abstract. This article approaches advertisements not just as a tool for the promotion of goods but also, and largely, as an agent of cultural translation that crosses the boundaries between ‘Self' and the (linguistic and cultural) ‘Other'. That is, advertising is seen as a means of transporting the ways of life, customs, attitudes, mindsets and values of one culture across time and space to another culture. Within the radically changed context of globalization and localization, the author analyzes contemporary advertising in China to show how it reveals the various discursive contradictions existing at the core of the dominant ideology of ‘Socialist Market Economy with Chinese Characteristics' and explores how the relationship between ‘Self' and the ‘Other' is negotiated through cultural translation. In the process of this exploration, the author conducts a cultural critique of the new Orientalism in real estate advertisements from the Guangdong region (bordering on Hong Kong and Macao) of the Pearl River Delta, one of the most developed areas in China.
Keywords. Chinese advertising, Cultural critique, Cultural translation, Globalization, New Orientalism, Self and Other
The ‘Chineseness’ vs. ‘Non-Chineseness’ of Chinese Translation Theory: An Ethnoconvergent Perspective
Pages: 283-304
Author: Tan Zaixi, Hong Kong
Abstract. Since the early 1980s, when China began to witness an influx of foreign, mainly Western, translation theories as a result of its opening up to the outside world, a number of Chinese scholars have argued that the importation of these theories has been excessive, that the Chinese have always had their own tradition of studying translation, and that this tradition must be preserved and protected from too much outside influence. The author accepts that a Chinese tradition of theorizing translation does exist and attempts to outline the main features of this tradition. He argues, however, that the ‘Chineseness’ of Chinese translation theory is not something to be deliberately designed and manufactured, that Chinese scholarship, like all scholarship, can only benefit from interacting with other traditions and, furthermore, that Sinocentrism can be as damaging to the development of translation studies as Eurocentrism.
Keywords. Chinese translation theory, Chinese tradition, Chineseness, non-Chineseness, Dialectic, Ethnoconvergence
Repertoire Transfer and Resistance: The Westernization of Translation Studies in China
Pages: 305-325
Author: Nam Fung Chang, Hong Kong
Abstract. Modern translation studies has developed in the West and in China along similar routes. The application of linguistic theories to the study of translation has brought attention to this long-neglected field and has shown the possibilities of alignment with a serious academic subject. Linguistic models, however, have proved rather unproductive. Instead, it has been the explorations initiated by polysystem theory and other cultural theories in recent decades that have allowed translation studies to grow into a discipline in its own right in the West. These theories were introduced to China in the 1980s and 1990s. Initially, they met with various forms of resistance because of their intrusion upon an established tradition. Yet because these theories created a new direction for translation discourse and helped gain wider recognition for translation studies as a discipline in China, they gradually took over the centre of the home repertoire. This article views the process of the Westernization of translation studies in China since the 1980s -which is taking place at a time when Chinese culture is particularly receptive to foreign repertoires due to a strong sense of ‘self-insufficiency' - as a case in which a polysystem borrows repertoires from others to fulfil certain self-perceived needs.
Keywords. China, Polysystem, Postcolonialism, Repertoire, Resistance, Transfer
Translation, Manipulation and the Transfer of Negative Cultural Images: A.C. Safford’s Typical Women of China
Pages: 327-349
Author: Fang Lu, USA
Abstract. This article explores the long-ignored yet powerful role played by missionary translation in constructing the images of Chinese women in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Using the missionary Anna Safford’s translation Typical Women of China, it illustrates how images of women from classical Chinese literature were selected and manipulated to meet the translator’s own religious, cultural and political purposes, and how the translation reinforced the existing stereotypes created by other missionary writers. The author examines the historical and cultural contexts in which Safford’s translation was produced and analyzes the problematic relationship between the translated text and its originals. The article identifies the actual sources Safford used and investigates the translational and cultural strategies she developed. Additionally, it discusses the function and significance of missionary translation, as reflected by Safford’s work, in Chinese-American cross-cultural encounters.
Keywords. Anna Safford, Biographies of Chinese women, Cross-cultural adaptation, Ethnographic writings, Images of Chinese women, Missionary translation, Postcolonialism, Translation strategies
Introducing a Chinese Perspective on Translation Shifts: A Comparative Study of Shift Models by Loh and Vinay & Darbelnet
Pages: 351-374
Author: Zhang Meifang and Pan Li, Macao
Abstract. The term translation shifts was first suggested and defined by Catford as “departures from formal correspondence in the process of going from the SL to the TL” (1965:73). However, theories of linguistic changes that are equivalent to translation shifts can be traced back as early as the 1950s, during which period both Western and Chinese scholars proposed taxonomies to describe changes effected in the process of translation. These theories contributed to elaborating the concept of ‘shift’ in translation studies. And yet, only Western scholars’ theories of translation shifts – most notably those elaborated by Vinay & Darbelnet (1958) and Catford (1965) – have been discussed in the literature, with very little mention of the relevant discourse elaborated by Chinese scholars. This study introduces the model of translation shift proposed in 1958 by a Chinese scholar, Loh Dian-yang, and compares his taxonomy with that outlined by Vinay & Darbelnet in the same year. The authors hope that the findings of the research may provide a set of data for enriching shift-based studies with a Chinese perspective.
Keywords. Chinese perspective, Comparison, Equivalence, Shift taxonomies, Translation shifts, Western shift theories
‘God’s Real Name is God’
The Matteo Ricci-Niccolo Longobardi Debate on Theological Terminology as a Case Study in Intersemiotic Sophistication
Pages: 375-400
Author: Seán Golden, Spain
Abstract. In the early 17th century, two Jesuits reached opposite conclusions about the feasibility of ‘domesticating’ or ‘foreignizing’ key theological terms and concepts in classical Chinese. Matteo Ricci proposed cultural equivalents that would allow the use of Chinese terms to translate key Catholic concepts on the basis of his own reading and interpretation of the Confucian canon. Niccolo Longobardi consulted contemporary Chinese scholars in order to understand the orthodox native interpretation of that canon. When he discovered that Neo-Confucian cosmology did not recognize the separation of matter and spirit, he decided that cultural equivalents did not exist, and insisted on transliterating key Catholic terms. The disagreement between Ricci and Longobardi constitutes an early modern laboratory situation for testing approaches to cross-cultural transfer and developing a theoretical model for comparative cultural studies. This model – combining aspects of Karl Popper’s Three World conjecture, Hans Georg Gadamer’s metaphor of a cultural horizon, the concept of a hermeneutic circle initiated by Friedrich Schleiermacher, and Sinological considerations – offers a framework through which to analyze the contrasting approaches and conclusions of Ricci and Longobardi in the contexts of ethnocentrism and of linguistic-cultural relativism.
Keywords. Confucian cosmology, Cross-cultural transfer, Ethnocentrism, Hans Georg Gadamer, Niccolo Longobardi, Karl Popper, Matteo Ricci
Why Translators Should Want to Internationalize Translation Studies
Pages: 401-421
Author: Maria Tymoczko
Abstract. The role of the translator and the conceptualization of translation are both in a period of notable change. Some of this change is happening because the profession of translation is internationalizing rapidly and thus old Eurocentric and other localized ideas no longer fully respond to the demands of the field. Globalization is also exercising transformative pressures on the practices of translation, in part driven by new technologies. Frameworks to interrogate the discourses of translation studies and to develop broader conceptualizations of translation so as to meet the challenges coming from both inside and outside the field are needed by scholars, by teachers of translation, and most of all, by translators themselves. Linking theory and pragmatics, this article explores how consideration of a broad field of ideas about translation from many parts of the world offers new models of practice, greater potential for creativity, enhancement of the translator's agency, new ethical positioning, the ability to assess translational phenomena with greater acuity, and a reservoir of conceptualizations for meeting challenges of the present and the future.
Keywords. Agency, Ethics, Globalization, Internationalization, Paradigm shifts, Translation practice, Translation theory
REVISITING THE CLASSICS
Anthology Compilation as a Purpose-driven Activity: Luo Xinzhang’s Account of Translation Theories in ‘Our Country’
Reviewed by Bai Liping, Hong Kong
BOOK REVIEWS
Leo Tak-hung Chan (ed.): One into Many (Approaches to Translation
Studies 18)
Reviewed by Brian Holton, Hong Kong
Eugene Chen Eoyang: Borrowed Plumage: Polemical Essays on
Translation (Approaches to Translation Studies 19)
Reviewed by Xiulu Wang, UK
Jin Hongyu: 《中国现代长篇小说名著版本校评》(A Bibliographic
Study of the Masterpieces of the Modern Chinese Novel)
Reviewed by Tonglu Li, USA
Wang Ning and Sun Yifeng (eds): Translation, Globalisation and
Localisation: A Chinese Perspective
Reviewed by Yau Wai-ping, Hong Kong
Xu Jianzhong:《翻译生态学》(Translation Ecology)
Reviewed by Wang Hongyin, China
Yang Jianhua:《西方译学理论辑要》(Excerpts from Translation
Studies in the West)
Reviewed by Wang Hongyin, China
Martha Cheung (ed.): An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on
Translation. Volume 1: From Earliest Times to the Buddhist Project
Reviewed by Ting Guo, UK
Author/Editor: Guest-edited by Martha Cheung, Hong Kong Baptist University
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: Chinese Discourses on Translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/periodicals/journal.php?j=72&v=660&i=679
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-905763-14-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Chinese discourse on translation has always been a site for negotiating cultural politics, and for heated debates about the perennial problem of China’s relation with the world. Traditional Chinese discourse on translation has been criticized for being impressionistic, unscientific, anecdotal and unsystematic, and more or less consigned to oblivion, while contemporary Chinese discourse on translation became almost synonymous with Chinese translations, explications and/or application of imported translation theories. In the mid 1980s, however, there was a wave of critical self-reflection on this state of affairs. Alarmed by the loss of ability to tap into the power of discourse and to exercise the right of discourse, and by the muting of the Chinese voice to mere echoes of the voice of the West, there has been, in the field of translation studies as in other fields, a series of movements to rediscover the roots of Chinese culture, to reconstruct a Chinese tradition, to regain a Chinese voice, and to re-establish a Chinese system of learning. A similar process of critical self-reflection has also unfolded in the Anglo-American world. The impact of postcolonial thinking has produced some sharp critiques of Eurocentrism in different academic disciplines, including translation studies, and there have been attempts at borrowing and learning from other discourses on translation in order to produce new models or conduct new theoretical explorations.
Chinese Discourses on Translation sets out to address these issues from the perspectives of Chinese and non-Chinese scholars of translation, and to bring contemporary Chinese discourses on translation to the attention of a wider readership.
Contents
Introduction. Chinese Discourses on Translation
Positions and Perspectives
Pages: 223-38
Author: Martha P. Y. Cheung, Hong Kong
Abstract. Chinese discourses on translation have always been a site for negotiating cultural politics, and for heated debates about the perennial problem of China’s relation with the world. In its most recent form, the debate revolves around whether the import of foreign translation theories and the application of these theories to Chinese materials have resulted in a marginalization of traditional Chinese discourse on translation within the Chinese system of knowledge, and in the muting of Chinese voices to mere echoes of the voice of the West. Also debated vigorously is the related question of the importance of asserting Chineseness in academic discourses on translation. The reasons behind the Chinese preoccupation with issues of national and cultural identity are explored in the broader context of the postcolonial world and the plight of scholars working in non-metropolitan centres. The positions and perspectives of the major participants in this local debate are almost certain to have reverberations not only among the scholars concerned but also among those committed to moving beyond Eurocentric modes of thinking and promoting dialogue between major and non-major translation traditions.
Keywords. Chineseness, Cluster concept, Cultural politics, Discourse, Eurocentrism, Identity, International translation studies, Post-ism.
Theorizing the Politics of Translation in a Global Era: A Chinese Perspective
Pages: 239-259
Author: Guo Yangsheng, P.R. China
Abstract. In an age of globalization that is characterized by pervasive use of various forms of translation within different political contexts, theorizing the politics of translation assumes considerable importance. Such theorization has to move beyond linguistic, textual, cultural and national boundaries - by way of re-examining lived and living experiences of the politics of translation -and must involve reconstructing and rewriting the history of translation. This article seeks to explain, from a Chinese point of view, the political impact of globalization on translation, and to identify the domestic and international challenges that Chinese translation theorists face in theorizing the politics of Chinese translation within a postmodern, postcolonial and globalized context. Finally, it explores whether this Chinese effort to politicize translation can open up a new space for a much-needed intercivilizational dialogue with the West.
Keywords. Cultural values, Globalization, héhé, Identity, Intercivilizational dialogue, Politics of translation
Translating the Other: Discursive Contradictions and New Orientalism in Contemporary Advertising in China
Pages: 261-282
Author: Mao Sihui, Macao
Abstract. This article approaches advertisements not just as a tool for the promotion of goods but also, and largely, as an agent of cultural translation that crosses the boundaries between ‘Self' and the (linguistic and cultural) ‘Other'. That is, advertising is seen as a means of transporting the ways of life, customs, attitudes, mindsets and values of one culture across time and space to another culture. Within the radically changed context of globalization and localization, the author analyzes contemporary advertising in China to show how it reveals the various discursive contradictions existing at the core of the dominant ideology of ‘Socialist Market Economy with Chinese Characteristics' and explores how the relationship between ‘Self' and the ‘Other' is negotiated through cultural translation. In the process of this exploration, the author conducts a cultural critique of the new Orientalism in real estate advertisements from the Guangdong region (bordering on Hong Kong and Macao) of the Pearl River Delta, one of the most developed areas in China.
Keywords. Chinese advertising, Cultural critique, Cultural translation, Globalization, New Orientalism, Self and Other
The ‘Chineseness’ vs. ‘Non-Chineseness’ of Chinese Translation Theory: An Ethnoconvergent Perspective
Pages: 283-304
Author: Tan Zaixi, Hong Kong
Abstract. Since the early 1980s, when China began to witness an influx of foreign, mainly Western, translation theories as a result of its opening up to the outside world, a number of Chinese scholars have argued that the importation of these theories has been excessive, that the Chinese have always had their own tradition of studying translation, and that this tradition must be preserved and protected from too much outside influence. The author accepts that a Chinese tradition of theorizing translation does exist and attempts to outline the main features of this tradition. He argues, however, that the ‘Chineseness’ of Chinese translation theory is not something to be deliberately designed and manufactured, that Chinese scholarship, like all scholarship, can only benefit from interacting with other traditions and, furthermore, that Sinocentrism can be as damaging to the development of translation studies as Eurocentrism.
Keywords. Chinese translation theory, Chinese tradition, Chineseness, non-Chineseness, Dialectic, Ethnoconvergence
Repertoire Transfer and Resistance: The Westernization of Translation Studies in China
Pages: 305-325
Author: Nam Fung Chang, Hong Kong
Abstract. Modern translation studies has developed in the West and in China along similar routes. The application of linguistic theories to the study of translation has brought attention to this long-neglected field and has shown the possibilities of alignment with a serious academic subject. Linguistic models, however, have proved rather unproductive. Instead, it has been the explorations initiated by polysystem theory and other cultural theories in recent decades that have allowed translation studies to grow into a discipline in its own right in the West. These theories were introduced to China in the 1980s and 1990s. Initially, they met with various forms of resistance because of their intrusion upon an established tradition. Yet because these theories created a new direction for translation discourse and helped gain wider recognition for translation studies as a discipline in China, they gradually took over the centre of the home repertoire. This article views the process of the Westernization of translation studies in China since the 1980s -which is taking place at a time when Chinese culture is particularly receptive to foreign repertoires due to a strong sense of ‘self-insufficiency' - as a case in which a polysystem borrows repertoires from others to fulfil certain self-perceived needs.
Keywords. China, Polysystem, Postcolonialism, Repertoire, Resistance, Transfer
Translation, Manipulation and the Transfer of Negative Cultural Images: A.C. Safford’s Typical Women of China
Pages: 327-349
Author: Fang Lu, USA
Abstract. This article explores the long-ignored yet powerful role played by missionary translation in constructing the images of Chinese women in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Using the missionary Anna Safford’s translation Typical Women of China, it illustrates how images of women from classical Chinese literature were selected and manipulated to meet the translator’s own religious, cultural and political purposes, and how the translation reinforced the existing stereotypes created by other missionary writers. The author examines the historical and cultural contexts in which Safford’s translation was produced and analyzes the problematic relationship between the translated text and its originals. The article identifies the actual sources Safford used and investigates the translational and cultural strategies she developed. Additionally, it discusses the function and significance of missionary translation, as reflected by Safford’s work, in Chinese-American cross-cultural encounters.
Keywords. Anna Safford, Biographies of Chinese women, Cross-cultural adaptation, Ethnographic writings, Images of Chinese women, Missionary translation, Postcolonialism, Translation strategies
Introducing a Chinese Perspective on Translation Shifts: A Comparative Study of Shift Models by Loh and Vinay & Darbelnet
Pages: 351-374
Author: Zhang Meifang and Pan Li, Macao
Abstract. The term translation shifts was first suggested and defined by Catford as “departures from formal correspondence in the process of going from the SL to the TL” (1965:73). However, theories of linguistic changes that are equivalent to translation shifts can be traced back as early as the 1950s, during which period both Western and Chinese scholars proposed taxonomies to describe changes effected in the process of translation. These theories contributed to elaborating the concept of ‘shift’ in translation studies. And yet, only Western scholars’ theories of translation shifts – most notably those elaborated by Vinay & Darbelnet (1958) and Catford (1965) – have been discussed in the literature, with very little mention of the relevant discourse elaborated by Chinese scholars. This study introduces the model of translation shift proposed in 1958 by a Chinese scholar, Loh Dian-yang, and compares his taxonomy with that outlined by Vinay & Darbelnet in the same year. The authors hope that the findings of the research may provide a set of data for enriching shift-based studies with a Chinese perspective.
Keywords. Chinese perspective, Comparison, Equivalence, Shift taxonomies, Translation shifts, Western shift theories
‘God’s Real Name is God’
The Matteo Ricci-Niccolo Longobardi Debate on Theological Terminology as a Case Study in Intersemiotic Sophistication
Pages: 375-400
Author: Seán Golden, Spain
Abstract. In the early 17th century, two Jesuits reached opposite conclusions about the feasibility of ‘domesticating’ or ‘foreignizing’ key theological terms and concepts in classical Chinese. Matteo Ricci proposed cultural equivalents that would allow the use of Chinese terms to translate key Catholic concepts on the basis of his own reading and interpretation of the Confucian canon. Niccolo Longobardi consulted contemporary Chinese scholars in order to understand the orthodox native interpretation of that canon. When he discovered that Neo-Confucian cosmology did not recognize the separation of matter and spirit, he decided that cultural equivalents did not exist, and insisted on transliterating key Catholic terms. The disagreement between Ricci and Longobardi constitutes an early modern laboratory situation for testing approaches to cross-cultural transfer and developing a theoretical model for comparative cultural studies. This model – combining aspects of Karl Popper’s Three World conjecture, Hans Georg Gadamer’s metaphor of a cultural horizon, the concept of a hermeneutic circle initiated by Friedrich Schleiermacher, and Sinological considerations – offers a framework through which to analyze the contrasting approaches and conclusions of Ricci and Longobardi in the contexts of ethnocentrism and of linguistic-cultural relativism.
Keywords. Confucian cosmology, Cross-cultural transfer, Ethnocentrism, Hans Georg Gadamer, Niccolo Longobardi, Karl Popper, Matteo Ricci
Why Translators Should Want to Internationalize Translation Studies
Pages: 401-421
Author: Maria Tymoczko
Abstract. The role of the translator and the conceptualization of translation are both in a period of notable change. Some of this change is happening because the profession of translation is internationalizing rapidly and thus old Eurocentric and other localized ideas no longer fully respond to the demands of the field. Globalization is also exercising transformative pressures on the practices of translation, in part driven by new technologies. Frameworks to interrogate the discourses of translation studies and to develop broader conceptualizations of translation so as to meet the challenges coming from both inside and outside the field are needed by scholars, by teachers of translation, and most of all, by translators themselves. Linking theory and pragmatics, this article explores how consideration of a broad field of ideas about translation from many parts of the world offers new models of practice, greater potential for creativity, enhancement of the translator's agency, new ethical positioning, the ability to assess translational phenomena with greater acuity, and a reservoir of conceptualizations for meeting challenges of the present and the future.
Keywords. Agency, Ethics, Globalization, Internationalization, Paradigm shifts, Translation practice, Translation theory
REVISITING THE CLASSICS
Anthology Compilation as a Purpose-driven Activity: Luo Xinzhang’s Account of Translation Theories in ‘Our Country’
Reviewed by Bai Liping, Hong Kong
BOOK REVIEWS
Leo Tak-hung Chan (ed.): One into Many (Approaches to Translation
Studies 18)
Reviewed by Brian Holton, Hong Kong
Eugene Chen Eoyang: Borrowed Plumage: Polemical Essays on
Translation (Approaches to Translation Studies 19)
Reviewed by Xiulu Wang, UK
Jin Hongyu: 《中国现代长篇小说名著版本校评》(A Bibliographic
Study of the Masterpieces of the Modern Chinese Novel)
Reviewed by Tonglu Li, USA
Wang Ning and Sun Yifeng (eds): Translation, Globalisation and
Localisation: A Chinese Perspective
Reviewed by Yau Wai-ping, Hong Kong
Xu Jianzhong:《翻译生态学》(Translation Ecology)
Reviewed by Wang Hongyin, China
Yang Jianhua:《西方译学理论辑要》(Excerpts from Translation
Studies in the West)
Reviewed by Wang Hongyin, China
Martha Cheung (ed.): An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on
Translation. Volume 1: From Earliest Times to the Buddhist Project
Reviewed by Ting Guo, UK
Posted by Ken Baker 7th October 2009.
CTIS Occasional Papers - Volume 4 (2009)
Type of Publication:
Series or collection
Author/Editor: Matthew MALTBY (Editor), University of Manchester
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Centre for Translation and Intercultural Studies, The University of Manchester
Publisher URL: http://www.llc.manchester.ac.uk/ctis/activities/papers/#d.en.163330
ISBN/ISSN: ISSN: 1474-578X
Price and ordering information: Copies of CTIS Occasional Papers Vols 1, 2, 3 and 4 are available for purchase @ £8 (Sterling) per copy, plus postage and packing as follows:
£1 per copy within the UK, £2 per copy within Europe, £3 for all other locations.
For orders over £70, there will be no charge for P&P.
Payment should be sent by cheque, payable to The University of Manchester. Please send your name, postal address and payment to:
Jonathan Starbrook, Research Development Manager, School of Languages, Linguistics and Cultures, University of Manchester, Oxford Rd., Manchester, M13 9PL, UK
Publication blurb: Volume 4 - 2009
Edited by Matthew Maltby
Jean Boase-Beier, ‘Translating the Eye of the Poem’, pp. 1-15
Abstract. It is argued here that translating poetry involves a reconstruction of what has variously been called the ‘mind’ or ‘vision’ embodied in the original poem. Following a study of translated novels by Parks (1998), I take up his suggestion that divergences between translation and original work point to that vision, and show that it is valid for poetry, too. But in fact such divergence is matched by a convergence (in the sense of Riffaterre 1959) of stylistic features in the original poem. This convergence can be linked to what is called the “eye of the poem”. It is a point that can be located in most poems by stylistic analysis and its presence has important practical consequences for the translation of poetry.
Lincoln Fernandes, ‘A Portal into the Unknown: Designing, Building, and Processing a Parallel Corpus’, pp. 16-36
Abstract. This paper aims to describe the methodological aspects of compiling a parallel corpus which was designed to investigate practices of translated names in children’s fantasy literature. It explores the complexities involved in the compilation of a corpus, challenging the idea that all that is required to do corpus-based work is a personal computer, an OCR flat-bed scanner, standard corpus processing software and a good number of books. The discussion of corpus creation is divided into three main stages: (i) corpus design, (ii) corpus building and (iii) corpus processing. This outline of corpus compilation should prove useful to anyone interested in compiling a corpus for the study of translations in the naturally occurring environment or to those who want to use corpus tools in translator training.
Clive Scott, ‘From Linearity to Tabularity: Translating Modes of Reading’, pp. 37-52
What is a twenty-first-century reader? What is a twenty-first-century reader of translations? If we accept that a principal concern of twentieth-century art was to shift the emphasis from the subject to the perceiving consciousess, then should translation, equally, occupy itself with projecting a reader as much as, or more than, with communicating a text? If the source text (ST), activates in the translator a mediation on language, then should the translator do likewise to the reader of the target text (TT)? Is the translator trying to reproduce in the reader the reader that the translator is, that is to say, a certain kind of responsiveness? Against many current assumptions, this supposes that the reader of the TT should be a radically different reader from the original reader of the ST. It is the specifically literary business of literary translation to undertake this translation of the reader. This paper proposes that the translation of the reader involves the translation of the reader out of a linear mentality and into a tabular one. But what exactly is a tabular mentality and what does it entail for the objectives of literary translation?
Rebecca Tipton, ‘The Simultaneous Interpreter and the Self: What Role for Reflective Practice?’, pp. 53-70
Abstract. Although reflective practice (RP) has emerged as a prominent paradigm in the teaching and learning of interpreting techniques in recent years, its value beyond the classroom for practitioners in the workplace remains to be explored. This paper examines the relevance of RP in developing a meta-level discourse of practice, that is, reflection on reflection-in-action, which allows interpreters to deconstruct the role of knowledge specific to the simultaneous interpreting mode, as well as the ‘self’ in the workplace. Drawing on the work of Schon (1983), the discussion places particular emphasis on the problem of ‘uncertainty’ and the inherent instability of practice it evokes, and examines the potential of RP in overcoming the problem of the ‘de-centred’ self.
Cecilia Wadensjö, ‘Clinton's Laughter: On Translation and Communication in TV News’, pp. 71-86
This paper explores the potentials of translation at various points in the process of the production and dissemination of televised news features. Two examples are taken from Swedish televised news as cases in point, involving talk in Swedish, English and Russian. The paper compares different translations of the same few sequences of talk, drawn from a press conference with presidents Clinton and Yeltsin. It looks at how sound bites are used for various purposes, how translation work can support various narratives about a broadcast event and how this is in line with the logics of the genre at play.
Zhao Wenjing, ‘Ibsenism and the Image of Ibsen in China’, pp. 87-101
Rewritings, such as critical essays, reviews, imitation and the history of literature, have played a significant role in introducing foreign writers and their works in a target culture and in establishing their images in that culture. However, so far little research has been conduced in this area. This paper attempts to study how Ibsen’s image was initially established in China by rewritings, in particular by the critical essay entitled Ibsenism. Analysis shows the function of ideology and patronage (the control factors in Andre Lefevere’s rewriting theory) in the selection, presentation and reception of Ibsen.
Author/Editor: Matthew MALTBY (Editor), University of Manchester
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Centre for Translation and Intercultural Studies, The University of Manchester
Publisher URL: http://www.llc.manchester.ac.uk/ctis/activities/papers/#d.en.163330
ISBN/ISSN: ISSN: 1474-578X
Price and ordering information: Copies of CTIS Occasional Papers Vols 1, 2, 3 and 4 are available for purchase @ £8 (Sterling) per copy, plus postage and packing as follows:
£1 per copy within the UK, £2 per copy within Europe, £3 for all other locations.
For orders over £70, there will be no charge for P&P.
Payment should be sent by cheque, payable to The University of Manchester. Please send your name, postal address and payment to:
Jonathan Starbrook, Research Development Manager, School of Languages, Linguistics and Cultures, University of Manchester, Oxford Rd., Manchester, M13 9PL, UK
Publication blurb: Volume 4 - 2009
Edited by Matthew Maltby
Jean Boase-Beier, ‘Translating the Eye of the Poem’, pp. 1-15
Abstract. It is argued here that translating poetry involves a reconstruction of what has variously been called the ‘mind’ or ‘vision’ embodied in the original poem. Following a study of translated novels by Parks (1998), I take up his suggestion that divergences between translation and original work point to that vision, and show that it is valid for poetry, too. But in fact such divergence is matched by a convergence (in the sense of Riffaterre 1959) of stylistic features in the original poem. This convergence can be linked to what is called the “eye of the poem”. It is a point that can be located in most poems by stylistic analysis and its presence has important practical consequences for the translation of poetry.
Lincoln Fernandes, ‘A Portal into the Unknown: Designing, Building, and Processing a Parallel Corpus’, pp. 16-36
Abstract. This paper aims to describe the methodological aspects of compiling a parallel corpus which was designed to investigate practices of translated names in children’s fantasy literature. It explores the complexities involved in the compilation of a corpus, challenging the idea that all that is required to do corpus-based work is a personal computer, an OCR flat-bed scanner, standard corpus processing software and a good number of books. The discussion of corpus creation is divided into three main stages: (i) corpus design, (ii) corpus building and (iii) corpus processing. This outline of corpus compilation should prove useful to anyone interested in compiling a corpus for the study of translations in the naturally occurring environment or to those who want to use corpus tools in translator training.
Clive Scott, ‘From Linearity to Tabularity: Translating Modes of Reading’, pp. 37-52
What is a twenty-first-century reader? What is a twenty-first-century reader of translations? If we accept that a principal concern of twentieth-century art was to shift the emphasis from the subject to the perceiving consciousess, then should translation, equally, occupy itself with projecting a reader as much as, or more than, with communicating a text? If the source text (ST), activates in the translator a mediation on language, then should the translator do likewise to the reader of the target text (TT)? Is the translator trying to reproduce in the reader the reader that the translator is, that is to say, a certain kind of responsiveness? Against many current assumptions, this supposes that the reader of the TT should be a radically different reader from the original reader of the ST. It is the specifically literary business of literary translation to undertake this translation of the reader. This paper proposes that the translation of the reader involves the translation of the reader out of a linear mentality and into a tabular one. But what exactly is a tabular mentality and what does it entail for the objectives of literary translation?
Rebecca Tipton, ‘The Simultaneous Interpreter and the Self: What Role for Reflective Practice?’, pp. 53-70
Abstract. Although reflective practice (RP) has emerged as a prominent paradigm in the teaching and learning of interpreting techniques in recent years, its value beyond the classroom for practitioners in the workplace remains to be explored. This paper examines the relevance of RP in developing a meta-level discourse of practice, that is, reflection on reflection-in-action, which allows interpreters to deconstruct the role of knowledge specific to the simultaneous interpreting mode, as well as the ‘self’ in the workplace. Drawing on the work of Schon (1983), the discussion places particular emphasis on the problem of ‘uncertainty’ and the inherent instability of practice it evokes, and examines the potential of RP in overcoming the problem of the ‘de-centred’ self.
Cecilia Wadensjö, ‘Clinton's Laughter: On Translation and Communication in TV News’, pp. 71-86
This paper explores the potentials of translation at various points in the process of the production and dissemination of televised news features. Two examples are taken from Swedish televised news as cases in point, involving talk in Swedish, English and Russian. The paper compares different translations of the same few sequences of talk, drawn from a press conference with presidents Clinton and Yeltsin. It looks at how sound bites are used for various purposes, how translation work can support various narratives about a broadcast event and how this is in line with the logics of the genre at play.
Zhao Wenjing, ‘Ibsenism and the Image of Ibsen in China’, pp. 87-101
Rewritings, such as critical essays, reviews, imitation and the history of literature, have played a significant role in introducing foreign writers and their works in a target culture and in establishing their images in that culture. However, so far little research has been conduced in this area. This paper attempts to study how Ibsen’s image was initially established in China by rewritings, in particular by the critical essay entitled Ibsenism. Analysis shows the function of ideology and patronage (the control factors in Andre Lefevere’s rewriting theory) in the selection, presentation and reception of Ibsen.
Posted by webmaster 5th September 2009.
Translational Action and Intercultural Communication
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Edited by Kristin Bührig, Juliane House and Jan D. ten Thije
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-1-905763-09-02 / ISBN 1-905763-09-3
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=531&doctype=StJBooks§ion
188 pages, £25 Sterling, inclusive of postage and packing
Publication blurb: Translation and interpreting studies and intercultural communication have so far largely been treated as separate disciplines. Translatory Action and Intercultural Communication offers an overview of a range of different
theoretical and methodological approaches to examining the hitherto largely ignored connection between the two research strands.
Drawing on three key concepts (functional equivalence, dilated speech situation and intercultural understanding), this interdisciplinary volume attempts to interrelate the following thematic strands: procedures of mediating between cultures in translational action, problems of intercultural communication in translational action, and insights into intercultural communication based on analyses of translational action. The volume features both contrastive papers and papers which investigate communicative events in actu. The analyses presented deal with a variety of genres and types of interaction, including childrens books, speech acts in dramatic text, popular science and economic texts, excerpts from intercultural university encounters, phatic talk and medical communication.
Contributors: Kristin Bührig, Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast, Juliane House, Alexandra Kallia, Dorothee Rothfuß-Bastian, Jan D. ten Thije, Antje Wilton.
Contents
Acknowledgements
1. Introduction: Translational Action and Intercultural Communication
Kristin Bührig, Juliane House and Jan D. ten Thije
2 Moving Across Languages and Cultures in Translation as Intercultural Communication
Juliane House , University of Hamburg, Germany
Abstract. This paper attempts to do three things: first, to briefly discuss the roles that cultural studies and linguistic approaches to translation play in translation studies. The author argues that one way of bridging the widening rift between the two camps is to make use of functional approaches to analyzing text and discourse. Functional approaches offer themselves as mediating tools because they take account of the context of linguistic units, which means that they necessarily consider the embeddedness of linguistic units in cultural contexts and can thus serve as a useful instrument for looking at translation as intercultural communication. Secondly, the author gives an example of such a functional-contextual approach to translation which includes the operation of two distinct types of translation. This approach is exemplified in the third part of the paper. Fourthly and finally, the author briefly discusses a recent phenomenon which may endanger the nature of translation as intercultural communication and reduce it to an instrument for linguistic-cultural colonization.
3. Text Topics and Their Intercultural Variation: A Sample Analysis Using Text Maps
Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast & Dorothee Rothfuß-Bastian, Saarland University, Germany
Abstract. This chapter proposes a methodological tool for describing the topic structure of texts and their potential intercultural variation. After positioning topic structures within the field of interculturally varying discourse patterns, the problems inherent in text topic identification and representation are briefly outlined. On the basis of this discussion, the notion of text map and the procedure for establishing text maps is introduced and exemplified with a sample analysis of a passage from the introductory chapters of the English Introduction into Psychology by William James (1890/1975) and the German Grundriss der Psychologie by Wilhelm Wundt (1896). The analysis exemplifies the procedure of establishing text maps; its potential value is heuristic. After visualizing the text topic structures contrastively, their differences are presented and discussed. On the basis of the parameters yielded in the analysis it is suggested that text maps provide a verifiable methodological tool for larger-scale empirical studies into the nature and scope of varying topic and discourse structures in intercultural communication.
4. A Problem of Pragmatic Equivalence in Intercultural Communication: Translating Requests and Suggestions
Alexandra Kallia, University of Tübingen, Germany
Abstract. In this chapter an explicit connection is made between the realization of certain speech acts in intercultural communication and in covert translation. The author presents an empirical study of the realizations of requests and suggestions elicited via the use of discourse completion tests (DCT) in a number of different communicative situations in English, German, Greek, Italian and Russian. The results of this investigation are then compared with the analyses of literary translations (of novels and plays) involving these same languages. It is shown that it is indeed the case that the culture-specific realizations of requests and suggestions established in the DCT study are also reflected in translatory actions in which a cultural filter has been employed to achieve pragmatic equivalence. Translation is thus a useful diagnostic instrument for revealing cross-linguistic variation in pragmatic choices.
5. Interactional Translation
Antje Wilton, University of Erfurt, Germany
Abstract. In this chapter, a phatic non-professional interpreting event is investigated involving humorous talk between multilingual interactants at the dinner table. Participants in this event interact with one another and, at the same time, assume the responsibility of interpreting spontaneously, i.e. without any previous arrangement having been made. This constellation is thus characterized by the fact that interactants take on a double role as primary interactants and mediators. The results of the analysis show that the interpreters, in their attempt to create functional equivalence, tend to oscillate between these different roles, leading to role conflicts and problems in interpreting humorous talk.
6. The Self-retreat of the Interpreter: An Analysis of Teasing and Toasting in Intercultural Discourse
Jan D. ten Thije, Utrecht University, The Netherlands
Abstract. This chapter reconstructs the process of achieving intercultural understanding during the interpreting of humorous teasing in toasting situations at an international research meeting. The analysis focuses on the self-retreat of the interpreter. This self-retreat is an extreme result of the discursive handling of the interpreter's role conflict, which stems from the fact that he or she transmits the utterances of the original speakers and is at the same time an autonomous participant of the interaction. Proposals are discussed that assign certain translatory actions of the interpreter to the continuum depending on his action space. At one end of the continuum, the interpreter is regarded as a so-called translation machine; at the other end, he is considered to be an equal participant in the interaction. The self-retreat of the interpreter has not yet been extensively addressed in the research literature but can be reconstructed with respect to this continuum. The analysis also shows how interpreters reflect and act upon the achievement of functional equivalence in the tripartite discourse structure. The paper concludes by stating that the distinction between 'professional' and 'non-professional' interpreters is actually questionable.
7. Interpreting in Hospitals: Starting Points for Cultural Actions in Institutionalized Communication
Kristin Bührig, University of Hamburg, Germany
Abstract. To what extent is multilingual discourse characterized by intercultural incidents? This question has been widely discussed in current research on translation and intercultural communication, especially as multilingual discourses take place in institutionalized contexts. This chapter aims to contribute to this debate by focusing on interpreted briefings for informed consent in hospitals. By analyzing questions typically posed by medical staff to multilingual patients such as "Do you have any questions?" as well as patients' reactions to these questions, the author aims to reconstruct starting points and forms of cultural actions. The discussion of these actions sheds light on how to optimize not only multilingual but also monolingual communication in institutions.
Notes on Contributors
Index
Author/Editor: Edited by Kristin Bührig, Juliane House and Jan D. ten Thije
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome Publishing
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-1-905763-09-02 / ISBN 1-905763-09-3
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=531&doctype=StJBooks§ion
188 pages, £25 Sterling, inclusive of postage and packing
Publication blurb: Translation and interpreting studies and intercultural communication have so far largely been treated as separate disciplines. Translatory Action and Intercultural Communication offers an overview of a range of different
theoretical and methodological approaches to examining the hitherto largely ignored connection between the two research strands.
Drawing on three key concepts (functional equivalence, dilated speech situation and intercultural understanding), this interdisciplinary volume attempts to interrelate the following thematic strands: procedures of mediating between cultures in translational action, problems of intercultural communication in translational action, and insights into intercultural communication based on analyses of translational action. The volume features both contrastive papers and papers which investigate communicative events in actu. The analyses presented deal with a variety of genres and types of interaction, including childrens books, speech acts in dramatic text, popular science and economic texts, excerpts from intercultural university encounters, phatic talk and medical communication.
Contributors: Kristin Bührig, Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast, Juliane House, Alexandra Kallia, Dorothee Rothfuß-Bastian, Jan D. ten Thije, Antje Wilton.
Contents
Acknowledgements
1. Introduction: Translational Action and Intercultural Communication
Kristin Bührig, Juliane House and Jan D. ten Thije
2 Moving Across Languages and Cultures in Translation as Intercultural Communication
Juliane House , University of Hamburg, Germany
Abstract. This paper attempts to do three things: first, to briefly discuss the roles that cultural studies and linguistic approaches to translation play in translation studies. The author argues that one way of bridging the widening rift between the two camps is to make use of functional approaches to analyzing text and discourse. Functional approaches offer themselves as mediating tools because they take account of the context of linguistic units, which means that they necessarily consider the embeddedness of linguistic units in cultural contexts and can thus serve as a useful instrument for looking at translation as intercultural communication. Secondly, the author gives an example of such a functional-contextual approach to translation which includes the operation of two distinct types of translation. This approach is exemplified in the third part of the paper. Fourthly and finally, the author briefly discusses a recent phenomenon which may endanger the nature of translation as intercultural communication and reduce it to an instrument for linguistic-cultural colonization.
3. Text Topics and Their Intercultural Variation: A Sample Analysis Using Text Maps
Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast & Dorothee Rothfuß-Bastian, Saarland University, Germany
Abstract. This chapter proposes a methodological tool for describing the topic structure of texts and their potential intercultural variation. After positioning topic structures within the field of interculturally varying discourse patterns, the problems inherent in text topic identification and representation are briefly outlined. On the basis of this discussion, the notion of text map and the procedure for establishing text maps is introduced and exemplified with a sample analysis of a passage from the introductory chapters of the English Introduction into Psychology by William James (1890/1975) and the German Grundriss der Psychologie by Wilhelm Wundt (1896). The analysis exemplifies the procedure of establishing text maps; its potential value is heuristic. After visualizing the text topic structures contrastively, their differences are presented and discussed. On the basis of the parameters yielded in the analysis it is suggested that text maps provide a verifiable methodological tool for larger-scale empirical studies into the nature and scope of varying topic and discourse structures in intercultural communication.
4. A Problem of Pragmatic Equivalence in Intercultural Communication: Translating Requests and Suggestions
Alexandra Kallia, University of Tübingen, Germany
Abstract. In this chapter an explicit connection is made between the realization of certain speech acts in intercultural communication and in covert translation. The author presents an empirical study of the realizations of requests and suggestions elicited via the use of discourse completion tests (DCT) in a number of different communicative situations in English, German, Greek, Italian and Russian. The results of this investigation are then compared with the analyses of literary translations (of novels and plays) involving these same languages. It is shown that it is indeed the case that the culture-specific realizations of requests and suggestions established in the DCT study are also reflected in translatory actions in which a cultural filter has been employed to achieve pragmatic equivalence. Translation is thus a useful diagnostic instrument for revealing cross-linguistic variation in pragmatic choices.
5. Interactional Translation
Antje Wilton, University of Erfurt, Germany
Abstract. In this chapter, a phatic non-professional interpreting event is investigated involving humorous talk between multilingual interactants at the dinner table. Participants in this event interact with one another and, at the same time, assume the responsibility of interpreting spontaneously, i.e. without any previous arrangement having been made. This constellation is thus characterized by the fact that interactants take on a double role as primary interactants and mediators. The results of the analysis show that the interpreters, in their attempt to create functional equivalence, tend to oscillate between these different roles, leading to role conflicts and problems in interpreting humorous talk.
6. The Self-retreat of the Interpreter: An Analysis of Teasing and Toasting in Intercultural Discourse
Jan D. ten Thije, Utrecht University, The Netherlands
Abstract. This chapter reconstructs the process of achieving intercultural understanding during the interpreting of humorous teasing in toasting situations at an international research meeting. The analysis focuses on the self-retreat of the interpreter. This self-retreat is an extreme result of the discursive handling of the interpreter's role conflict, which stems from the fact that he or she transmits the utterances of the original speakers and is at the same time an autonomous participant of the interaction. Proposals are discussed that assign certain translatory actions of the interpreter to the continuum depending on his action space. At one end of the continuum, the interpreter is regarded as a so-called translation machine; at the other end, he is considered to be an equal participant in the interaction. The self-retreat of the interpreter has not yet been extensively addressed in the research literature but can be reconstructed with respect to this continuum. The analysis also shows how interpreters reflect and act upon the achievement of functional equivalence in the tripartite discourse structure. The paper concludes by stating that the distinction between 'professional' and 'non-professional' interpreters is actually questionable.
7. Interpreting in Hospitals: Starting Points for Cultural Actions in Institutionalized Communication
Kristin Bührig, University of Hamburg, Germany
Abstract. To what extent is multilingual discourse characterized by intercultural incidents? This question has been widely discussed in current research on translation and intercultural communication, especially as multilingual discourses take place in institutionalized contexts. This chapter aims to contribute to this debate by focusing on interpreted briefings for informed consent in hospitals. By analyzing questions typically posed by medical staff to multilingual patients such as "Do you have any questions?" as well as patients' reactions to these questions, the author aims to reconstruct starting points and forms of cultural actions. The discussion of these actions sheds light on how to optimize not only multilingual but also monolingual communication in institutions.
Notes on Contributors
Index
Posted by Ken Baker 4th August 2009.
Critical Concepts: Translation Studies
Type of Publication:
Series or collection
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER (Editor), The University of Manchester (UK)
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://media.routledgeweb.com/pdf/9780415344227/9780415344227.pdf
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-0-415-34422-7 (Hardback)
Price and ordering information: List Price: £650 / $975.00
Binding: Hardback
Pages: 1608 (Four Volumes)
Publication blurb: Translation Studies has emerged as a thriving interdisciplinary and international area of scholarship. Its rapid growth has been accompanied by diverse forms of translation research and commentary, most falling within, or crossing, traditional academic disciplines such as linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, anthropology, and, more recently, cultural studies. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together foundational and more recent, cutting-edge contributions to the field. The collection is both retrospective and forward-looking, making sense of the past as well as
providing pointers towards the future. Fully indexed and with a comprehensive introduction, Translation Studies is an essential work of reference for use by both scholar and student as a vital one-stop research resource.
Contents
Introduction
VOLUME 1
Part 1: Conceptualizing Translation: Transformation, Creation, Mimesis, Commentary
1 Scenes of Translation at Large, JOHN SALLIS
2 Translation, ROBERT YOUNG
3 Translation as New Writing, SUJIT MUKHERJEE
4 To translate means to exchange?: A new interpretation of the earliest Chinese attempts to define translation (fanyi), MARTHA CHEUNG
5 Forms of Verse Translation and the Translation of Verse Form, JAMES S HOLMES
6 Criticism, Commentary and Translation: Reflections Based on Benjamin and Blanchot, ANTOINE BERMAN (Translated by Luise von Flotow)
7 Literary Translation: Some Theoretical Issues Investigated, XU CHONGXIN (Translated by Liu Yameng)
8 On Translation as Creation and as Criticism, HAROLDO DE CAMPOS (Translated by John Milton)
9 Text Metempsychosis and the Racing Tortoise: Borges and Translation, SUSAN PETRILLI
10 Who Owns the Plays? Issues in the Translation and Performance of Greek Drama on the Modern Stage, LORNA HARDWICK
Part 2: Incommensurability of Paradigms
11 Remarks on Incommensurability and Translation, THOMAS S. KUHN
12 The Untranslatability of Faith, PAOLO FABBRI (Translated by Carol OSullivan)
13 Tradition and Translation, ALASDAIR MACINTYRE
14 The Paradigm of Translation, PAUL RICOEUR
Part 3: Travelling Theory
15 Western Theory and Chinese Reality, ZHANG LONGXI
16 Poru Ruta/Paul Rotha and the Politics of Translation, ABÉ MARK NORNES
17 The Translation of Western Science, DAVID WRIGHT
18 Women Translators, Gender and the Cultural Context of the Scientific Revolution, CHRISTA KNELLWOLF
19 Duihua (Dialogue) In-between: A Process of Translating the Term Feminism in China, MIN DONGCHAO
VOLUME II
Part 4: Translation at the Interface of Cultures: Contact Zones, Third Spaces and Border Crossings
20 The Traffic in Meaning: Translation, Contagion, Infiltration, MARY LOUISE PRATT
21 Rethinking the Colony: Intercultural Relations and Translation, BIRGIT SCHARLAU (Translated by Geraldine Lawless)
22 1+1=3? Intercultural Relations as a Third Space, DORIS BACHMANN-MEDIC (Translated by Kate Sturge)
23 Interpreters/translators and Cross-language Research: Reflexivity and Border Crossings, BOGUSIA TEMPLE & ROSALIND EDWARDS
24 China at the Turn of the 20th Century: Translating Modernity through Japanese, GUO YANGSHENG
Part 5: World Literature & the Making of Literary Traditions
25 Consecration and Accumulation of Literary Capital: Translation as Unequal Exchange, PASCALE CASANOVA (Translated by Siobhan Brownlie)
26 Towards a Sociology of Translation: Book Translations as a Cultural World-System, JOHAN HEILBRON
27 Conjectures on World Literature, FRANCO MORETTI
28 Translations Challenge to Critical Categories: Verses from French in the Early English Renaissance, A.E.B. COLDIRON
29 Pharoahs Revenge: Translation, Literary History and Colonial Ambivalence, SAMAH SELIM
30 Engendered by Translation: Modern Japanese Literature, Vernacular Style, and the Westernesque Femme Fatale, INDRA LEVY
Part 6: Politics and Dynamics of Representation
31 The Concept of Cultural Translation in British Social Anthropology, TALAL ASAD
32 Translation as Manipulation: The Power of Images and Images of Power, MAHASWETA SENGUPTA
33 Reflections of Things Past: Building Italy through the Mirror of Translation, LOREDANA POLEZZI
Part 7: Environments of Reception
34 Packaging Huda: Sharawis Memoirs in the United States Reception Environment, MOHJA KAHF
35 Writing beyond the Wall: Translation, Cross-cultural Exchange and Chan Rans A Private Life, KAY SCHAFFER & XIANLIN SONG
36 Death in Translation, DAVID DAMROSCH
37 But do they have a notion of Justice?: Stauntons 1810 Translation of the Great Qing Code, JAMES ST. ANDRÉ
VOLUME III
Part 8: Translation as Ethical Practice
38 Ethics, Aesthetics and Décision: Literary Translating in the Wars of the Yugoslav Succession, FRANCIS R. JONES
39 The Gift of Languages. Towards a Philosophy of Translation, DOMENICO JERVOLINO (Translated by Angelo Bottone)
40 Ethics of Translation, ANDREW CHESTERMAN
Part 9: Modes & Strategies
41 Writing Between the Lines: The Language of Translation, JOHN STURROCK
42 Translation as Cultural Politics: Regimes of Domestication in English, LAWRENCE VENUTI
43 Issues in the Practice of Translating Womens Fiction, CAROL MAIER
Part 10: Discourse and Ideology
44 Epistemicide!: The Tale of a Predatory Discourse, KAREN BENNETT
45 Translation and the Establishment of Liberal Democracy in Nineteenth-Century England: Constructing the Political as an Interpretive Act, ALEKA LIANERI
46 Discourse, Ideology and Translation, IAN MASON
47 Rose Blanche in Translation, SUSAN STAN
48 Du hast jar keene Ahnung: African American English Dubbed into German, ROBIN QUEEN
Part 11: The Voice of Authority: Institutional Settings & Alliances
49 The Registration Interview: Restricting Refugees Narrative Performance, MARCO JACUEMET
50 The Interpreter as Institutional Gatekeeper: The Social-linguistic Role of Interpreters in Spanish-English Medical Discourse, BRAD DAVIDSON
51 Toward Understanding Practices of Medical Interpreting: Interpreters Involvement in History Taking, GALINA B. BOLDEN
Part 12: Voice, Positionality, Subjectivity
52 The Translators Voice in Translated Narrative, THEO HERMANS
53 National Sovereignty versus Universal Rights: Interpreting Justice in a Global Context, MOIRA INGHILLERI
54 The Subject of Translation/the Subject in Transit, NAOKI SAKAI
55 Translation in Wartime, VICENTE L. RAFAEL
56 War, Translation, Transnationalism: Interpreters in and of the War (Croatia, 1991-1992), ZRINKA STAHULJAK
57 Ideology and the Position of the Translator: In What Sense is a Translator In Between?, MARIA TYMOCZKO
VOLUME IV
Part 13: Minority: Cultural Identity and Survival
58 The Cracked Looking Glass of Servants: Translation and Minority Languages in a Global Age, MICHAEL CRONIN
59 Locating Power: Corsican Translators and Their Critics, ALEXANDRA JAFFE
60 Interpreting as a Tool for Empowerment of the New Zealand Deaf Community, RACHEL McKEE
61 Translating African-American Vernacular English into German: The Problem of Jim in Mark Twains Huckleberry Finn, RAPHAEL BERTHELE
62 In Search of a Target Language: The Politics of Theatre Translation in Quebec, ANNIE BRISSET
Part 14: Instruments and Mechanisms of Domination
63 Translating Science, Translating Empire: The Power of Language in Colonial North India, MICHAEL S. DODSON
64 Translation, Colonialism and Rise of English, TESJAWINI NIRANJANA
65 Power and Translation in Social Policy Research, GAIL WILSON
Part 15: The Dynamics of Power and Resistance
66 Reframing Conflict in Translation, MONA BAKER
67 Translating the Bible in Nineteenth-Century India: Protestant Missionary Translation and the Standard Tamil Version, HEPHZIBAH ISRAEL
68 Literary Translation and the Construction of a Soviet Intelligentsia, BRIAN JAMES BAER
69 Translation, Counter-Culture and The Fifties in the USA, EDWIN GENTZLER
70 A Narrative Account of the Babels vs. Naumann Controversy: Competing Perspectives on Activism in Conference Interpreting, JULIE BOÉRI
Part 16: Changing Landscapes. New Media, New Technologies
71 Telephone Interpreting & the Synchronization of Talk in Social Interaction, CECILIA WADENSJÖ
72 A New Line in the Geometry, ERIC CAZDYN
73 Translation in the Age of Postmodern Production: From Text to Intertext to Hypertext, KAREN LITTAU
74 Machine Translation and Global English, RITA RALEY
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER (Editor), The University of Manchester (UK)
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://media.routledgeweb.com/pdf/9780415344227/9780415344227.pdf
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-0-415-34422-7 (Hardback)
Price and ordering information: List Price: £650 / $975.00
Binding: Hardback
Pages: 1608 (Four Volumes)
Publication blurb: Translation Studies has emerged as a thriving interdisciplinary and international area of scholarship. Its rapid growth has been accompanied by diverse forms of translation research and commentary, most falling within, or crossing, traditional academic disciplines such as linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, anthropology, and, more recently, cultural studies. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together foundational and more recent, cutting-edge contributions to the field. The collection is both retrospective and forward-looking, making sense of the past as well as
providing pointers towards the future. Fully indexed and with a comprehensive introduction, Translation Studies is an essential work of reference for use by both scholar and student as a vital one-stop research resource.
Contents
Introduction
VOLUME 1
Part 1: Conceptualizing Translation: Transformation, Creation, Mimesis, Commentary
1 Scenes of Translation at Large, JOHN SALLIS
2 Translation, ROBERT YOUNG
3 Translation as New Writing, SUJIT MUKHERJEE
4 To translate means to exchange?: A new interpretation of the earliest Chinese attempts to define translation (fanyi), MARTHA CHEUNG
5 Forms of Verse Translation and the Translation of Verse Form, JAMES S HOLMES
6 Criticism, Commentary and Translation: Reflections Based on Benjamin and Blanchot, ANTOINE BERMAN (Translated by Luise von Flotow)
7 Literary Translation: Some Theoretical Issues Investigated, XU CHONGXIN (Translated by Liu Yameng)
8 On Translation as Creation and as Criticism, HAROLDO DE CAMPOS (Translated by John Milton)
9 Text Metempsychosis and the Racing Tortoise: Borges and Translation, SUSAN PETRILLI
10 Who Owns the Plays? Issues in the Translation and Performance of Greek Drama on the Modern Stage, LORNA HARDWICK
Part 2: Incommensurability of Paradigms
11 Remarks on Incommensurability and Translation, THOMAS S. KUHN
12 The Untranslatability of Faith, PAOLO FABBRI (Translated by Carol OSullivan)
13 Tradition and Translation, ALASDAIR MACINTYRE
14 The Paradigm of Translation, PAUL RICOEUR
Part 3: Travelling Theory
15 Western Theory and Chinese Reality, ZHANG LONGXI
16 Poru Ruta/Paul Rotha and the Politics of Translation, ABÉ MARK NORNES
17 The Translation of Western Science, DAVID WRIGHT
18 Women Translators, Gender and the Cultural Context of the Scientific Revolution, CHRISTA KNELLWOLF
19 Duihua (Dialogue) In-between: A Process of Translating the Term Feminism in China, MIN DONGCHAO
VOLUME II
Part 4: Translation at the Interface of Cultures: Contact Zones, Third Spaces and Border Crossings
20 The Traffic in Meaning: Translation, Contagion, Infiltration, MARY LOUISE PRATT
21 Rethinking the Colony: Intercultural Relations and Translation, BIRGIT SCHARLAU (Translated by Geraldine Lawless)
22 1+1=3? Intercultural Relations as a Third Space, DORIS BACHMANN-MEDIC (Translated by Kate Sturge)
23 Interpreters/translators and Cross-language Research: Reflexivity and Border Crossings, BOGUSIA TEMPLE & ROSALIND EDWARDS
24 China at the Turn of the 20th Century: Translating Modernity through Japanese, GUO YANGSHENG
Part 5: World Literature & the Making of Literary Traditions
25 Consecration and Accumulation of Literary Capital: Translation as Unequal Exchange, PASCALE CASANOVA (Translated by Siobhan Brownlie)
26 Towards a Sociology of Translation: Book Translations as a Cultural World-System, JOHAN HEILBRON
27 Conjectures on World Literature, FRANCO MORETTI
28 Translations Challenge to Critical Categories: Verses from French in the Early English Renaissance, A.E.B. COLDIRON
29 Pharoahs Revenge: Translation, Literary History and Colonial Ambivalence, SAMAH SELIM
30 Engendered by Translation: Modern Japanese Literature, Vernacular Style, and the Westernesque Femme Fatale, INDRA LEVY
Part 6: Politics and Dynamics of Representation
31 The Concept of Cultural Translation in British Social Anthropology, TALAL ASAD
32 Translation as Manipulation: The Power of Images and Images of Power, MAHASWETA SENGUPTA
33 Reflections of Things Past: Building Italy through the Mirror of Translation, LOREDANA POLEZZI
Part 7: Environments of Reception
34 Packaging Huda: Sharawis Memoirs in the United States Reception Environment, MOHJA KAHF
35 Writing beyond the Wall: Translation, Cross-cultural Exchange and Chan Rans A Private Life, KAY SCHAFFER & XIANLIN SONG
36 Death in Translation, DAVID DAMROSCH
37 But do they have a notion of Justice?: Stauntons 1810 Translation of the Great Qing Code, JAMES ST. ANDRÉ
VOLUME III
Part 8: Translation as Ethical Practice
38 Ethics, Aesthetics and Décision: Literary Translating in the Wars of the Yugoslav Succession, FRANCIS R. JONES
39 The Gift of Languages. Towards a Philosophy of Translation, DOMENICO JERVOLINO (Translated by Angelo Bottone)
40 Ethics of Translation, ANDREW CHESTERMAN
Part 9: Modes & Strategies
41 Writing Between the Lines: The Language of Translation, JOHN STURROCK
42 Translation as Cultural Politics: Regimes of Domestication in English, LAWRENCE VENUTI
43 Issues in the Practice of Translating Womens Fiction, CAROL MAIER
Part 10: Discourse and Ideology
44 Epistemicide!: The Tale of a Predatory Discourse, KAREN BENNETT
45 Translation and the Establishment of Liberal Democracy in Nineteenth-Century England: Constructing the Political as an Interpretive Act, ALEKA LIANERI
46 Discourse, Ideology and Translation, IAN MASON
47 Rose Blanche in Translation, SUSAN STAN
48 Du hast jar keene Ahnung: African American English Dubbed into German, ROBIN QUEEN
Part 11: The Voice of Authority: Institutional Settings & Alliances
49 The Registration Interview: Restricting Refugees Narrative Performance, MARCO JACUEMET
50 The Interpreter as Institutional Gatekeeper: The Social-linguistic Role of Interpreters in Spanish-English Medical Discourse, BRAD DAVIDSON
51 Toward Understanding Practices of Medical Interpreting: Interpreters Involvement in History Taking, GALINA B. BOLDEN
Part 12: Voice, Positionality, Subjectivity
52 The Translators Voice in Translated Narrative, THEO HERMANS
53 National Sovereignty versus Universal Rights: Interpreting Justice in a Global Context, MOIRA INGHILLERI
54 The Subject of Translation/the Subject in Transit, NAOKI SAKAI
55 Translation in Wartime, VICENTE L. RAFAEL
56 War, Translation, Transnationalism: Interpreters in and of the War (Croatia, 1991-1992), ZRINKA STAHULJAK
57 Ideology and the Position of the Translator: In What Sense is a Translator In Between?, MARIA TYMOCZKO
VOLUME IV
Part 13: Minority: Cultural Identity and Survival
58 The Cracked Looking Glass of Servants: Translation and Minority Languages in a Global Age, MICHAEL CRONIN
59 Locating Power: Corsican Translators and Their Critics, ALEXANDRA JAFFE
60 Interpreting as a Tool for Empowerment of the New Zealand Deaf Community, RACHEL McKEE
61 Translating African-American Vernacular English into German: The Problem of Jim in Mark Twains Huckleberry Finn, RAPHAEL BERTHELE
62 In Search of a Target Language: The Politics of Theatre Translation in Quebec, ANNIE BRISSET
Part 14: Instruments and Mechanisms of Domination
63 Translating Science, Translating Empire: The Power of Language in Colonial North India, MICHAEL S. DODSON
64 Translation, Colonialism and Rise of English, TESJAWINI NIRANJANA
65 Power and Translation in Social Policy Research, GAIL WILSON
Part 15: The Dynamics of Power and Resistance
66 Reframing Conflict in Translation, MONA BAKER
67 Translating the Bible in Nineteenth-Century India: Protestant Missionary Translation and the Standard Tamil Version, HEPHZIBAH ISRAEL
68 Literary Translation and the Construction of a Soviet Intelligentsia, BRIAN JAMES BAER
69 Translation, Counter-Culture and The Fifties in the USA, EDWIN GENTZLER
70 A Narrative Account of the Babels vs. Naumann Controversy: Competing Perspectives on Activism in Conference Interpreting, JULIE BOÉRI
Part 16: Changing Landscapes. New Media, New Technologies
71 Telephone Interpreting & the Synchronization of Talk in Social Interaction, CECILIA WADENSJÖ
72 A New Line in the Geometry, ERIC CAZDYN
73 Translation in the Age of Postmodern Production: From Text to Intertext to Hypertext, KAREN LITTAU
74 Machine Translation and Global English, RITA RALEY
Posted by webmaster 26th July 2009.
One Poem in Search of a Translator: Rewriting 'Les Fenêtres' by Apollinaire
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Eugenia Loffredo and Manuela Perteghella
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Oxford: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vUR=2&vLang=E
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-3-03911-408-5 pb
Price and ordering information: £ 34.00
Publication blurb: Translation is a journey - a journey undertaken by the text, hopping around the world and mischievously border-crossing from one language to another, from one culture to another. For a translator, this journey can become a truly creative engagement with the otherness of the source text, an experience of self-discovery leading to understanding and enrichment, and ultimately towards a new text.
This singular literary 'experiment' intends to magnify the idiosyncrasy of this translational journey. In the process translation reveals itself as an increasingly creative activity rather than simply a linguistic transfer. This volume consists of twelve translations of one poem: 'Les Fenêtres' by the French poet Apollinaire. The translators embarking on this project, all from different backgrounds and working contexts (poets, professional translators, academics, visual artists), were asked to engage with the inherent multimodality of this poem - inspired by Robert Delaunay's Les Fenêtres series of paintings. The result is a kaleidoscopic diversity of approaches and final products.
Each translation is accompanied by self-reflective commentary which provides insight into the complex process and experience of translation, enticing the reader to join this journey too.
Author/Editor: Eugenia Loffredo and Manuela Perteghella
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Oxford: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vUR=2&vLang=E
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-3-03911-408-5 pb
Price and ordering information: £ 34.00
Publication blurb: Translation is a journey - a journey undertaken by the text, hopping around the world and mischievously border-crossing from one language to another, from one culture to another. For a translator, this journey can become a truly creative engagement with the otherness of the source text, an experience of self-discovery leading to understanding and enrichment, and ultimately towards a new text.
This singular literary 'experiment' intends to magnify the idiosyncrasy of this translational journey. In the process translation reveals itself as an increasingly creative activity rather than simply a linguistic transfer. This volume consists of twelve translations of one poem: 'Les Fenêtres' by the French poet Apollinaire. The translators embarking on this project, all from different backgrounds and working contexts (poets, professional translators, academics, visual artists), were asked to engage with the inherent multimodality of this poem - inspired by Robert Delaunay's Les Fenêtres series of paintings. The result is a kaleidoscopic diversity of approaches and final products.
Each translation is accompanied by self-reflective commentary which provides insight into the complex process and experience of translation, enticing the reader to join this journey too.
Posted by webmaster 4th July 2009.
Translating Hitler’s Mein Kampf – A Corpus-Aided Discourse-Analytical Study
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Stefan Baumgarten
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: VDM Verlag Dr. Müller AG & Co. KG, Saarbruecken, Germany
Publisher URL: http://www.vdm-publishing.com/
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN-10: 3639131932 ISBN-13: 978-3639131932
Price and ordering information: Price: £59.50
Publication blurb: Modern translation studies has increasingly taken into account the complexities of power relations and ideological management involved in the production of translations. Paradoxically, persuasive political discourse has not been much touched upon, so this book aims to contribute to a better understanding of the translation of politically sensitive texts. Located within the fields of descriptive translation studies, critical discourse analysis and corpus linguistics, the subject of investigation is an illustrative corpus of historical data and eleven English translations of Hitler’s Mein Kampf. An integrated discourse-analytical and corpus-aided methodology allows for a systematic triangulation of relevant sociocultural, situational and textual factors. The book thus presents a novel corpus-linguistic method of discerning ideological significations in translated texts, and owing to its wealth of historical and textual detail it should be of interest to anyone working in modern history, linguistics, corpus linguistics, and translation studies.
Author/Editor: Stefan Baumgarten
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: VDM Verlag Dr. Müller AG & Co. KG, Saarbruecken, Germany
Publisher URL: http://www.vdm-publishing.com/
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN-10: 3639131932 ISBN-13: 978-3639131932
Price and ordering information: Price: £59.50
Publication blurb: Modern translation studies has increasingly taken into account the complexities of power relations and ideological management involved in the production of translations. Paradoxically, persuasive political discourse has not been much touched upon, so this book aims to contribute to a better understanding of the translation of politically sensitive texts. Located within the fields of descriptive translation studies, critical discourse analysis and corpus linguistics, the subject of investigation is an illustrative corpus of historical data and eleven English translations of Hitler’s Mein Kampf. An integrated discourse-analytical and corpus-aided methodology allows for a systematic triangulation of relevant sociocultural, situational and textual factors. The book thus presents a novel corpus-linguistic method of discerning ideological significations in translated texts, and owing to its wealth of historical and textual detail it should be of interest to anyone working in modern history, linguistics, corpus linguistics, and translation studies.
Posted by webmaster 4th July 2009.
D’un islam textuel vers un islam contextuel: La traduction du Coran et la construction de l’image
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Naïma Dib
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: Une synthèse concise et éclairante sur la femme dans la religion musulmane, la traduction et la société
Place of Publication & Publisher: Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press
Publisher URL:
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: La mise en tutelle de la musulmane est-elle cautionnée par le Coran? L’idée de l’infériorité de la femme est-elle réellement inscrite dans le Coran? Telles sont les questions auxquelles l’auteure tente de répondre dans le présent ouvrage. Elle se penche sur les diverses approches adoptées par des penseurs réformistes musulmans, dont elle expose les enjeux sociaux, politiques et culturels ainsi que les
finalités. Elle procède à une analyse comparative du Coran et d’un certain nombre de traductions françaises et anglaises, à l’issue de laquelle elle fait émerger une conception de la femme et du monde différente de celle proposée par les traductions. Elle explore ensuite le discours social commun, discours auquel participe la traduction, et qui se révèle empreint d’une vision androcentrique dans laquelle l’infériorité de la femme écoule d’une construction humaine, inspirée par un besoin de domination. Grâce aux analyses sémiotique et sociohistorique, l’auteur démontre que le Coran peut être lu autrement et ce qui en ressort est une conception plus égalitaire de l’homme et de la femme.
Femme, musulmane et traductrice, Naïma Dib enseigne la traduction à titre de chargée de cours à l’Université de Montréal, à l’Université McGill et à l’Université Concordia.
Author/Editor: Naïma Dib
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: Une synthèse concise et éclairante sur la femme dans la religion musulmane, la traduction et la société
Place of Publication & Publisher: Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press
Publisher URL:
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: La mise en tutelle de la musulmane est-elle cautionnée par le Coran? L’idée de l’infériorité de la femme est-elle réellement inscrite dans le Coran? Telles sont les questions auxquelles l’auteure tente de répondre dans le présent ouvrage. Elle se penche sur les diverses approches adoptées par des penseurs réformistes musulmans, dont elle expose les enjeux sociaux, politiques et culturels ainsi que les
finalités. Elle procède à une analyse comparative du Coran et d’un certain nombre de traductions françaises et anglaises, à l’issue de laquelle elle fait émerger une conception de la femme et du monde différente de celle proposée par les traductions. Elle explore ensuite le discours social commun, discours auquel participe la traduction, et qui se révèle empreint d’une vision androcentrique dans laquelle l’infériorité de la femme écoule d’une construction humaine, inspirée par un besoin de domination. Grâce aux analyses sémiotique et sociohistorique, l’auteur démontre que le Coran peut être lu autrement et ce qui en ressort est une conception plus égalitaire de l’homme et de la femme.
Femme, musulmane et traductrice, Naïma Dib enseigne la traduction à titre de chargée de cours à l’Université de Montréal, à l’Université McGill et à l’Université Concordia.
Posted by webmaster 4th July 2009.
Introduction to Chinese-English Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Zinan Ye and Lynette Xiaojing Shi
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Hippocrene Books
Publisher URL: http://www.hippocrenebooks.com/book.aspx?id=1577
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN10: 078181216X
Price and ordering information: Price 19.95$
Publication blurb: Introduction to Chinese-English Translation is regarded by some scholars as the first authoritative English-language textbook for Chinese-English translators. It provides them with all the tools needed to improve their translation skills.
Part One discusses basic issues in translation. Part Two introduces ten essential skills with the help of actual translation examples. Part Three deals with specific issues such as metaphors, idioms, and text analysis. Part Four presents six texts of different types for translation practice. A sample translation is provided for each and translation strategies are analyzed and discussed.
:: A practical hands-on book for anyone involved in Chinese-English translation, including professional translators, interpreters, and advanced students.
:: Full of examples, explanations and exercises.
The authors are very much experienced in the field of teaching translation.
Both Zinan Ye and Lynette Shi have worked in the field of translation for many years, and are currently teaching at the Monterey Institute of International Studies in California.
Author/Editor: Zinan Ye and Lynette Xiaojing Shi
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Hippocrene Books
Publisher URL: http://www.hippocrenebooks.com/book.aspx?id=1577
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN10: 078181216X
Price and ordering information: Price 19.95$
Publication blurb: Introduction to Chinese-English Translation is regarded by some scholars as the first authoritative English-language textbook for Chinese-English translators. It provides them with all the tools needed to improve their translation skills.
Part One discusses basic issues in translation. Part Two introduces ten essential skills with the help of actual translation examples. Part Three deals with specific issues such as metaphors, idioms, and text analysis. Part Four presents six texts of different types for translation practice. A sample translation is provided for each and translation strategies are analyzed and discussed.
:: A practical hands-on book for anyone involved in Chinese-English translation, including professional translators, interpreters, and advanced students.
:: Full of examples, explanations and exercises.
The authors are very much experienced in the field of teaching translation.
Both Zinan Ye and Lynette Shi have worked in the field of translation for many years, and are currently teaching at the Monterey Institute of International Studies in California.
Posted by webmaster 3rd July 2009.
Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Juliane House
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: translation theory, translation practice, translation evaluation, globalization, translator training
Place of Publication & Publisher: Oxford: Oxford University Press
Publisher URL: http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780194389228.do?keyword="Oxford+Introduction+to+Language+Study"&sortby=bestMatches
ISBN/ISSN: 978-0-19-438922-8 (Paperback)
Price and ordering information: Price: £13.00
http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780194389228.do?keyword="Oxford+Introduction+to+Language+Study"&sortby=bestMatches
Publication blurb: A short but comprehensive introduction to translation theory and practice. The book looks at translation from different perspectives featuring critical discussions of equivalence in translation, translation evaluation, translation as intercultural communication, translation process research, translation and globalization, corpus studies in translation as well as pedagogical uses of translation.
Author/Editor: Juliane House
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: translation theory, translation practice, translation evaluation, globalization, translator training
Place of Publication & Publisher: Oxford: Oxford University Press
Publisher URL: http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780194389228.do?keyword="Oxford+Introduction+to+Language+Study"&sortby=bestMatches
ISBN/ISSN: 978-0-19-438922-8 (Paperback)
Price and ordering information: Price: £13.00
http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780194389228.do?keyword="Oxford+Introduction+to+Language+Study"&sortby=bestMatches
Publication blurb: A short but comprehensive introduction to translation theory and practice. The book looks at translation from different perspectives featuring critical discussions of equivalence in translation, translation evaluation, translation as intercultural communication, translation process research, translation and globalization, corpus studies in translation as well as pedagogical uses of translation.
Posted by webmaster 3rd July 2009.
Translation & Interpreting
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor: The Interpreting and Translation Research Node at the University of Western Sydney i
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: The Interpreting and Translation Research Node at the University of Western Sydney i
Publisher URL: http://www.trans-int.org/index.php/transint/index
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Translation & Interpreting is a NEW refereed international journal that seeks to create a cross-fertilization between research, training and professional practice. It aims to publish high quality, research-based, original articles, that highlight the applications of research results to the improvement of T&I training and practice. It welcomes contributions not only from well-known senior scholars, but also from new, young scholars in the field.
It is a free on-line journal, hosted by the University of Western Sydney’s Interpreting and Translation Research Node, with the objective to be universally accessible to researchers, educators, students and practitioners of interpreting and translation, as well as to others interested in the discipline.
Translation & Interpreting will be published twice yearly.
Author/Editor: The Interpreting and Translation Research Node at the University of Western Sydney i
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: The Interpreting and Translation Research Node at the University of Western Sydney i
Publisher URL: http://www.trans-int.org/index.php/transint/index
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Translation & Interpreting is a NEW refereed international journal that seeks to create a cross-fertilization between research, training and professional practice. It aims to publish high quality, research-based, original articles, that highlight the applications of research results to the improvement of T&I training and practice. It welcomes contributions not only from well-known senior scholars, but also from new, young scholars in the field.
It is a free on-line journal, hosted by the University of Western Sydney’s Interpreting and Translation Research Node, with the objective to be universally accessible to researchers, educators, students and practitioners of interpreting and translation, as well as to others interested in the discipline.
Translation & Interpreting will be published twice yearly.
Posted by webmaster 14th May 2009.
New Trends in Audiovisual Translation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Jorge Díaz Cintas, (Editor), Imperial College London
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: translation, audiovisual
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bristol: Channel View Publications
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847691545
ISBN/ISSN: 9781847691545
Price and ordering information: £64.95 / US$109.95 Available to order from: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847691545
Publication blurb: New Trends in Audiovisual Translation is an innovative and interdisciplinary collection of articles written by leading experts in the emerging field of audiovisual translation (AVT). In a highly accessible and engaging way, it introduces readers to some of the main linguistic and cultural challenges that translators encounter when translating films and other audiovisual productions. The chapters in this volume examine translation practices and experiences in various countries, highlighting how AVT plays a crucial role in shaping debates about languages and cultures in a world increasingly dependent on audiovisual media. Through analysing materials which have been dubbed and subtitled like Bridget Jones’s Diary, Forrest Gump, The Simpsons or South Park, the authors raise awareness of current issues in the study of AVT and offer new insights on this complex and vibrant area of the translation discipline.
Author/Editor: Jorge Díaz Cintas, (Editor), Imperial College London
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords: translation, audiovisual
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bristol: Channel View Publications
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847691545
ISBN/ISSN: 9781847691545
Price and ordering information: £64.95 / US$109.95 Available to order from: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847691545
Publication blurb: New Trends in Audiovisual Translation is an innovative and interdisciplinary collection of articles written by leading experts in the emerging field of audiovisual translation (AVT). In a highly accessible and engaging way, it introduces readers to some of the main linguistic and cultural challenges that translators encounter when translating films and other audiovisual productions. The chapters in this volume examine translation practices and experiences in various countries, highlighting how AVT plays a crucial role in shaping debates about languages and cultures in a world increasingly dependent on audiovisual media. Through analysing materials which have been dubbed and subtitled like Bridget Jones’s Diary, Forrest Gump, The Simpsons or South Park, the authors raise awareness of current issues in the study of AVT and offer new insights on this complex and vibrant area of the translation discipline.
Posted by Elinor Robertson 29th April 2009.
Nation and Translation in the Middle East (Special Issue of The Translator)
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Samah Selim (Editor), Université de Provence, France
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=529&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-1-905763-13-9 / ISBN 1-905763-13-1
Price and ordering information: £25 Sterling, inclusive of postage and packing
Publication blurb: In the Middle East, translation movements and the debates they have unleashed on language, culture and the politics and practices of identity have historically been tied to processes of state formation and administration, in the form of patronage, policy and publishing. Whether one considers the age of regional empires centred in Baghdad or Istanbul, or that of the modern nation-state from Egypt to Iran, this relationship points to the historical role of translation as a powerful and flexible tool of cultural politics. Nation and Translation in the Middle East focuses on this important aspect of translation in the region, with special emphasis on translation movements and the production of modernity in a historical context defined by European imperialism, enlightenment universalism, and globalization.
While the papers assembled in this special issue of The Translator each address specific translation histories and practices in the Middle East, the broader questions they raise regarding the location and the historicity of translation offer a fruitful intervention into contemporary debates in translation studies on difference, fidelity and the ethics of translation. The volume opens with two essays that situate translation at the intersection of national canons, postcolonial cultural hegemonies and ‘private’ market or activist-based initiatives in Egypt and Turkey. Other contributions discuss the utility of translation paradigms as a counterweight to the dominant orientalist historiography of modern print culture in the Arab World; the role of the translator as political agent and social reformer in twentieth-century Egypt; and the relationship between language, translation and the politics of identity in the multi-ethnic and multilingual Islamicate contexts of the Abbasid and Mughal Empires. The volume also includes a general bibliography on translation and the Middle East.
Contents
Nation and Translation in the Middle East: Histories, Canons, Hegemonies, pp. 1-13.
Samah Selim, Université de Provence, France
This introductory paper argues for the importance of a sustained disciplinary engagement between Middle Eastern Studies and translation studies that would open up new ways of thinking about the epistemological foundations and the ethical effects of both fields in textual and worldly terms. While modern historiography and literary studies in and of the Middle East tend to be constructed around problematic and unequivocal models of transfer and translation (from West to East), the interest in the question of ethics in translation studies often neglects the specificity of ‘other’ translation histories and practices that are shaped by colonial hegemonies in the region and are directly related to complex (and contested) processes of nation-building and identity formation. The paper considers a number of such histories and practices, from the late Mughal Empire to modern Egypt, and explores the implications for contemporary debates in translation studies on questions of ‘difference’ and ‘fidelity’.
Keywords. Area Studies, Difference, Fidelity, Imperialism, Humanism, Middle East, Nationalism, Orientalism, Renaissance.
Translation Policies in the Arab World: Representations, Discourses and Realities, pp. 15-35.
Richard Jacquemond, Université de Provence, France
This article analyzes the translation policies set up in the Arab World since the end of the Second World War, focusing first on the modern Arab discourse on translation, mainly through the example of the 3rd Arab Human Development Report (2003). The Report, based on antiquated and incomplete data, deems the current Arabic translation movement strikingly weak and calls for “an ambitious and integrated Arab strategy” in the field of translation. The article goes on to analyze the programmes carried out by foreign cultural missions active in the region and then examines the indigenous programmes set up by Arab states and institutions. Focusing on the emergence of two discrete moments in local translation policy, the study demonstrates how these indigenous translation programmes were articulated around two complementary logics: a humanistic one, where the aim was to translate into Arabic the ‘masterpieces of world literature and thought’, and a developmentalist one that proposed to make the most recent scientific developments available to the Arab readership and to contribute to the modernization of the Arabic language. The article concludes with a brief reflection on the relative success of these programmes in light of their historical and discursive goals.
Keywords. Arab Human Development Report, Arabic, Arabization, Cultural diplomacy, Egypt, Ideology, Postcolonialism, Translation policies.
Translation, Presumed Innocent: Translation and Ideology in Turkey, pp. 37-64.
Şehnaz Tahir Gürçağlar, Boğaziçi University, Turkey
In late Ottoman society, in the 19th century, translation was instrumental in the emergence of new literary genres such as the novel and western-style drama. It maintained its significance and influence in the early Republican period, starting in 1923. Apart from its literary significance, an interesting aspect of the trajectory followed by translation in Turkey concerns the way it has conspicuously allied itself with political and ideological agendas, such as westernization, Marxism and Islamism, to mention a few. This paper explores the ideological entanglements of translation in Turkey in the 20th century. It examines the discourse that emerged around translation at certain moments during that period and argues that translation served as a mirror, reflecting the literary and cultural ‘lacks’ of the target system, as much as it was meant to import new forms and ideas which would eventually help Turkish society overcome its perceived deficiencies. The study also problematizes the ways in which the translator’s subject position has been suppressed, especially in the discourse of translators reflecting upon their own work, and concludes that this self-effacing attitude seems to have become part of the professional identity of the Turkish translator.
Keywords. Humanism, Islamizing translations, Nationalism, Prosecution of translators, Translator’s invisibility, Turkish.
Translating into the Empire: The Arabic Version of Kalila wa Dimna, pp. 65-86.
Tarek Shamma, United Arab Emirates University, Al Ain
This paper examines the translation by ‘Abdullah Ibn al-Muqaffa‘ (720-757 AD) of the Pahlavi version of Kalila wa Dimna in the early Abbasid period (750–1258 AD). Ibn al-Muqaffa‘ contributed to the translation movement supported by al-Mansur, the second Abbasid caliph. The patronage of translation allowed the caliphs to expand their support base by integrating elements from the different cultures of the empire into one Islamic whole. That was the political context of the translation. Ibn al-Muqaffa‘, a recent convert of Persian descent, took part in an intellectual and literary movement which attempted to infuse Islamic culture with Persian elements. To introduce these influences in Islamic terms, the translation was decidedly ‘domesticating’. In analyzing the textual strategies that the translator employed, this paper calls for a reconsideration of the functions of domesticating translation, which in the case under study contributed to cultural diversity, contrary to arguments common in modern translation theory. It is further argued that attendant notions of ‘equivalence’ and ‘faithfulness’ are conditioned by modern constructs of authorship and the nation state that do not hold for Arabic translation during that period, nor, probably, for premodern translation in general.
Keywords. Abbasid Empire, Arabic, Astrology, Domestication, Equivalence, Faithfulness, Islam, Kalila wa Dimna, Persians.
Translating Gender: Āzād Bilgrāmī on the Poetics of the Love Lyric and Cultural Synthesis, pp. 87-103.
Sunil Sharma, Harvard University, USA
This paper examines the figure of Āzād Bilgrāmī (d. 1785), who was the first Persian author to synthesize Persian, Arabic and Indian poetics, combining the purely theoretical interest of a scholar with a practising poet’s insight into local traditions. In his Arabic work, Subhat al-marjān fi āthār Hindūstān (Coral Rosary of Indian Antiquities, 1763-64) Āzād Bilgrāmī compared the rhetorics of Arabic and Sanskrit love poetry in order to effect a form of cultural accommodation that would not be devoid of aesthetic pleasure. A year later he Persianized the first two sections of his Arabic work. Ghizlān-i Hind (Female Beloveds of India) challenges the scholarly view of a monolithic Islamic poetics by treating Arabic and Persian as independent literary cultures, albeit from an eighteenth-century Indo-Muslim point of view. Interestingly, Āzād Bilgrāmī’s work is located in between two major empires – Mughal and British colonial – both of which valued translation as an indispensable political tool. Is such a work then merely a literary aberration or does it point to a nascent national consciousness that is multicultural and multilingual? The paper explores these questions and suggests that the theoretical and creative aspects of Bilgrami’s project offer non-hierarchical traces of literary interface and knowledge exchange between cultures.
Keywords. Arabic, Gender, ghazal, Hindi, masnavi, nayikabheda, Mughal Empire, Persian, Poetics.
Print and Its Discontents: A Case for Pre-Print Journalism and Other Sundry Print Matters, pp. 105-138.
Dana Sajdi, Boston College, USA
This essay proposes to explore the historical movement of text from scribal media to print publication as a translation process in which the printed text is viewed, not as an entirely new cultural product but one that has enjoyed previous lives. The essay first undertakes a revision of the dominant discourses on print in the Middle East, which have generally offered a salvation narrative fraught with Orientalist assumptions connected to the ‘sacredness’ of Arabic and the status of the Qur’an in Islamicate cultures. Likewise, the essay interrogates the historiography of print culture in Europe, which has exaggerated the impact of print and utilized it to create a divided and unequal temporality and geography between Europe and its others. The essay then offers a tentative attempt at a new cultural history which looks at continuities rather than ruptures in genres and practices before and after print, and in which the printing press plays the role of the habilitated and domesticated mediator/translator. To illustrate this, the essay takes the case of the modern Arabic newspaper and resituates it as a direct descendent of the early-modern scribal chronicle rather than as an entirely new innovation of the print age.
Keywords. Arabic, Contemporary chronicles, Impact of print scholarship, Journalism, Khabar, Lithography, Maqala, Orientalism, Print, Scribal culture.
Languages of Civilization: Nation, Translation and the Poetics of Race in Colonial Egypt, 139-156.
Samah Selim, Université de Provence, France
‘Civilization’ is a keyword that has been heavily implicated in relations of power and domination throughout the 19th and 20th centuries. This paper offers a case-study of one moment in the modern genesis of the term and of its translation into a colonial language. Though largely forgotten today by the social sciences, Gustave Le Bon (1841-1931) was one of the most important and popular social thinkers of the Third Republic in France. He was a seminal theoretician of race and a tireless anti-revolutionary polemicist who elaborated a form of historical social Darwinism in which progress was defined in and through increasing social and civilizational inequality. Le Bon greatly influenced the new social thought of the Nahdah period in Egypt – especially in its liberal and secular currents – through the many translations that were made of his works between 1909 and 1922. His main translator was Ahmad Fathi Zaghlul: founding member of The Ummah Party, jurist implicated in the infamous Dinshaway affair and an important intellectual of the period in his own right. Zaghlul exemplifies the section of liberal and colonial elites who sought to reform and modernize Egypt according to the ‘natural’ laws that govern human societies in order to lead the country to independence. This paper examines Zaghlul’s Arabic translation of one of Le Bon’s most important works, Les Lois psychologiques de l’évolution des peuples (The Psychological Laws of the Evolution of Peoples, 1894/1913), in order to explore the ambiguous role played by new concepts of ‘race’, ‘nation’ and ‘civilization’ in the secular, reformist social thought of the Nahdah in Egypt.
Keywords. 19th century, Civilization, Colonial elites, Degeneration, Democracy, Egypt, France, Nahdah, Nation, Race.
Othello in the Egyptian Vernacular: Negotiating the ‘Doxic’ in Drama Translation and Identity Formation, pp. 157-178.
Sameh F. Hanna, The University of Salford, UK
Throughout the cultural history of modern Egypt, language has been a site for constructing and contesting different versions of national identity. While Classical Arabic (fusha) has been widely recognized by many as the legitimate expression of an Arab-Islamic identity that Egypt partakes of, there have been attempts by Egyptian intellectuals to forge and promote a unique Egyptian identity distinct from the Arab-Islamic geo-political and socio-cultural sphere. Egyptian vernacular Arabic (‘ammiyya) has been mainly deployed as the distinctive mark of this identity. While recognizing that the two categories of fusha and ‘ammiyya and the arbitrary divide between them are epistemological constructs that have been sustained and promoted by a number of institutional and discursive practices, including a linguistic discourse couched in a modernist understanding of reality, this article seeks to pinpoint the social/cultural economy of these two constructs in the field of drama translation in Egypt. It then examines a translation of Othello produced by Moustapha Safouan in 1998, in which he negotiates Egyptian identity through a strategic use of ‘ammiyya. The discussion of language and cultural practices in Egypt and Safouan’s translation draws on Pierre Bourdieu’s concept of doxa.
Keywords. Bourdieu, Classical Arabic, Doxa, Egypt, Egyptian Arabic, Identity formation, Khalil Mutran, Moustapha Safouan, Othello.
Author/Editor: Samah Selim (Editor), Université de Provence, France
Year of publication: 2009
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=529&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-1-905763-13-9 / ISBN 1-905763-13-1
Price and ordering information: £25 Sterling, inclusive of postage and packing
Publication blurb: In the Middle East, translation movements and the debates they have unleashed on language, culture and the politics and practices of identity have historically been tied to processes of state formation and administration, in the form of patronage, policy and publishing. Whether one considers the age of regional empires centred in Baghdad or Istanbul, or that of the modern nation-state from Egypt to Iran, this relationship points to the historical role of translation as a powerful and flexible tool of cultural politics. Nation and Translation in the Middle East focuses on this important aspect of translation in the region, with special emphasis on translation movements and the production of modernity in a historical context defined by European imperialism, enlightenment universalism, and globalization.
While the papers assembled in this special issue of The Translator each address specific translation histories and practices in the Middle East, the broader questions they raise regarding the location and the historicity of translation offer a fruitful intervention into contemporary debates in translation studies on difference, fidelity and the ethics of translation. The volume opens with two essays that situate translation at the intersection of national canons, postcolonial cultural hegemonies and ‘private’ market or activist-based initiatives in Egypt and Turkey. Other contributions discuss the utility of translation paradigms as a counterweight to the dominant orientalist historiography of modern print culture in the Arab World; the role of the translator as political agent and social reformer in twentieth-century Egypt; and the relationship between language, translation and the politics of identity in the multi-ethnic and multilingual Islamicate contexts of the Abbasid and Mughal Empires. The volume also includes a general bibliography on translation and the Middle East.
Contents
Nation and Translation in the Middle East: Histories, Canons, Hegemonies, pp. 1-13.
Samah Selim, Université de Provence, France
This introductory paper argues for the importance of a sustained disciplinary engagement between Middle Eastern Studies and translation studies that would open up new ways of thinking about the epistemological foundations and the ethical effects of both fields in textual and worldly terms. While modern historiography and literary studies in and of the Middle East tend to be constructed around problematic and unequivocal models of transfer and translation (from West to East), the interest in the question of ethics in translation studies often neglects the specificity of ‘other’ translation histories and practices that are shaped by colonial hegemonies in the region and are directly related to complex (and contested) processes of nation-building and identity formation. The paper considers a number of such histories and practices, from the late Mughal Empire to modern Egypt, and explores the implications for contemporary debates in translation studies on questions of ‘difference’ and ‘fidelity’.
Keywords. Area Studies, Difference, Fidelity, Imperialism, Humanism, Middle East, Nationalism, Orientalism, Renaissance.
Translation Policies in the Arab World: Representations, Discourses and Realities, pp. 15-35.
Richard Jacquemond, Université de Provence, France
This article analyzes the translation policies set up in the Arab World since the end of the Second World War, focusing first on the modern Arab discourse on translation, mainly through the example of the 3rd Arab Human Development Report (2003). The Report, based on antiquated and incomplete data, deems the current Arabic translation movement strikingly weak and calls for “an ambitious and integrated Arab strategy” in the field of translation. The article goes on to analyze the programmes carried out by foreign cultural missions active in the region and then examines the indigenous programmes set up by Arab states and institutions. Focusing on the emergence of two discrete moments in local translation policy, the study demonstrates how these indigenous translation programmes were articulated around two complementary logics: a humanistic one, where the aim was to translate into Arabic the ‘masterpieces of world literature and thought’, and a developmentalist one that proposed to make the most recent scientific developments available to the Arab readership and to contribute to the modernization of the Arabic language. The article concludes with a brief reflection on the relative success of these programmes in light of their historical and discursive goals.
Keywords. Arab Human Development Report, Arabic, Arabization, Cultural diplomacy, Egypt, Ideology, Postcolonialism, Translation policies.
Translation, Presumed Innocent: Translation and Ideology in Turkey, pp. 37-64.
Şehnaz Tahir Gürçağlar, Boğaziçi University, Turkey
In late Ottoman society, in the 19th century, translation was instrumental in the emergence of new literary genres such as the novel and western-style drama. It maintained its significance and influence in the early Republican period, starting in 1923. Apart from its literary significance, an interesting aspect of the trajectory followed by translation in Turkey concerns the way it has conspicuously allied itself with political and ideological agendas, such as westernization, Marxism and Islamism, to mention a few. This paper explores the ideological entanglements of translation in Turkey in the 20th century. It examines the discourse that emerged around translation at certain moments during that period and argues that translation served as a mirror, reflecting the literary and cultural ‘lacks’ of the target system, as much as it was meant to import new forms and ideas which would eventually help Turkish society overcome its perceived deficiencies. The study also problematizes the ways in which the translator’s subject position has been suppressed, especially in the discourse of translators reflecting upon their own work, and concludes that this self-effacing attitude seems to have become part of the professional identity of the Turkish translator.
Keywords. Humanism, Islamizing translations, Nationalism, Prosecution of translators, Translator’s invisibility, Turkish.
Translating into the Empire: The Arabic Version of Kalila wa Dimna, pp. 65-86.
Tarek Shamma, United Arab Emirates University, Al Ain
This paper examines the translation by ‘Abdullah Ibn al-Muqaffa‘ (720-757 AD) of the Pahlavi version of Kalila wa Dimna in the early Abbasid period (750–1258 AD). Ibn al-Muqaffa‘ contributed to the translation movement supported by al-Mansur, the second Abbasid caliph. The patronage of translation allowed the caliphs to expand their support base by integrating elements from the different cultures of the empire into one Islamic whole. That was the political context of the translation. Ibn al-Muqaffa‘, a recent convert of Persian descent, took part in an intellectual and literary movement which attempted to infuse Islamic culture with Persian elements. To introduce these influences in Islamic terms, the translation was decidedly ‘domesticating’. In analyzing the textual strategies that the translator employed, this paper calls for a reconsideration of the functions of domesticating translation, which in the case under study contributed to cultural diversity, contrary to arguments common in modern translation theory. It is further argued that attendant notions of ‘equivalence’ and ‘faithfulness’ are conditioned by modern constructs of authorship and the nation state that do not hold for Arabic translation during that period, nor, probably, for premodern translation in general.
Keywords. Abbasid Empire, Arabic, Astrology, Domestication, Equivalence, Faithfulness, Islam, Kalila wa Dimna, Persians.
Translating Gender: Āzād Bilgrāmī on the Poetics of the Love Lyric and Cultural Synthesis, pp. 87-103.
Sunil Sharma, Harvard University, USA
This paper examines the figure of Āzād Bilgrāmī (d. 1785), who was the first Persian author to synthesize Persian, Arabic and Indian poetics, combining the purely theoretical interest of a scholar with a practising poet’s insight into local traditions. In his Arabic work, Subhat al-marjān fi āthār Hindūstān (Coral Rosary of Indian Antiquities, 1763-64) Āzād Bilgrāmī compared the rhetorics of Arabic and Sanskrit love poetry in order to effect a form of cultural accommodation that would not be devoid of aesthetic pleasure. A year later he Persianized the first two sections of his Arabic work. Ghizlān-i Hind (Female Beloveds of India) challenges the scholarly view of a monolithic Islamic poetics by treating Arabic and Persian as independent literary cultures, albeit from an eighteenth-century Indo-Muslim point of view. Interestingly, Āzād Bilgrāmī’s work is located in between two major empires – Mughal and British colonial – both of which valued translation as an indispensable political tool. Is such a work then merely a literary aberration or does it point to a nascent national consciousness that is multicultural and multilingual? The paper explores these questions and suggests that the theoretical and creative aspects of Bilgrami’s project offer non-hierarchical traces of literary interface and knowledge exchange between cultures.
Keywords. Arabic, Gender, ghazal, Hindi, masnavi, nayikabheda, Mughal Empire, Persian, Poetics.
Print and Its Discontents: A Case for Pre-Print Journalism and Other Sundry Print Matters, pp. 105-138.
Dana Sajdi, Boston College, USA
This essay proposes to explore the historical movement of text from scribal media to print publication as a translation process in which the printed text is viewed, not as an entirely new cultural product but one that has enjoyed previous lives. The essay first undertakes a revision of the dominant discourses on print in the Middle East, which have generally offered a salvation narrative fraught with Orientalist assumptions connected to the ‘sacredness’ of Arabic and the status of the Qur’an in Islamicate cultures. Likewise, the essay interrogates the historiography of print culture in Europe, which has exaggerated the impact of print and utilized it to create a divided and unequal temporality and geography between Europe and its others. The essay then offers a tentative attempt at a new cultural history which looks at continuities rather than ruptures in genres and practices before and after print, and in which the printing press plays the role of the habilitated and domesticated mediator/translator. To illustrate this, the essay takes the case of the modern Arabic newspaper and resituates it as a direct descendent of the early-modern scribal chronicle rather than as an entirely new innovation of the print age.
Keywords. Arabic, Contemporary chronicles, Impact of print scholarship, Journalism, Khabar, Lithography, Maqala, Orientalism, Print, Scribal culture.
Languages of Civilization: Nation, Translation and the Poetics of Race in Colonial Egypt, 139-156.
Samah Selim, Université de Provence, France
‘Civilization’ is a keyword that has been heavily implicated in relations of power and domination throughout the 19th and 20th centuries. This paper offers a case-study of one moment in the modern genesis of the term and of its translation into a colonial language. Though largely forgotten today by the social sciences, Gustave Le Bon (1841-1931) was one of the most important and popular social thinkers of the Third Republic in France. He was a seminal theoretician of race and a tireless anti-revolutionary polemicist who elaborated a form of historical social Darwinism in which progress was defined in and through increasing social and civilizational inequality. Le Bon greatly influenced the new social thought of the Nahdah period in Egypt – especially in its liberal and secular currents – through the many translations that were made of his works between 1909 and 1922. His main translator was Ahmad Fathi Zaghlul: founding member of The Ummah Party, jurist implicated in the infamous Dinshaway affair and an important intellectual of the period in his own right. Zaghlul exemplifies the section of liberal and colonial elites who sought to reform and modernize Egypt according to the ‘natural’ laws that govern human societies in order to lead the country to independence. This paper examines Zaghlul’s Arabic translation of one of Le Bon’s most important works, Les Lois psychologiques de l’évolution des peuples (The Psychological Laws of the Evolution of Peoples, 1894/1913), in order to explore the ambiguous role played by new concepts of ‘race’, ‘nation’ and ‘civilization’ in the secular, reformist social thought of the Nahdah in Egypt.
Keywords. 19th century, Civilization, Colonial elites, Degeneration, Democracy, Egypt, France, Nahdah, Nation, Race.
Othello in the Egyptian Vernacular: Negotiating the ‘Doxic’ in Drama Translation and Identity Formation, pp. 157-178.
Sameh F. Hanna, The University of Salford, UK
Throughout the cultural history of modern Egypt, language has been a site for constructing and contesting different versions of national identity. While Classical Arabic (fusha) has been widely recognized by many as the legitimate expression of an Arab-Islamic identity that Egypt partakes of, there have been attempts by Egyptian intellectuals to forge and promote a unique Egyptian identity distinct from the Arab-Islamic geo-political and socio-cultural sphere. Egyptian vernacular Arabic (‘ammiyya) has been mainly deployed as the distinctive mark of this identity. While recognizing that the two categories of fusha and ‘ammiyya and the arbitrary divide between them are epistemological constructs that have been sustained and promoted by a number of institutional and discursive practices, including a linguistic discourse couched in a modernist understanding of reality, this article seeks to pinpoint the social/cultural economy of these two constructs in the field of drama translation in Egypt. It then examines a translation of Othello produced by Moustapha Safouan in 1998, in which he negotiates Egyptian identity through a strategic use of ‘ammiyya. The discussion of language and cultural practices in Egypt and Safouan’s translation draws on Pierre Bourdieu’s concept of doxa.
Keywords. Bourdieu, Classical Arabic, Doxa, Egypt, Egyptian Arabic, Identity formation, Khalil Mutran, Moustapha Safouan, Othello.
Posted by webmaster 15th April 2009.
Globalization and Translation: Towards a Paradigm Shift in Translation Studies
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: George Ho
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: VDM Verlag Dr. Müller Aktiengesellschaft & Co. KG, Saarbruecken, Germany
Publisher URL: http://www.vdm-publishing.com
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-3-8364-8710-8
Price and ordering information: US $110
Publication blurb: This book advocates a paradigm shift in translation studies to close the gap between translation theory and practice. By analyzing five aspects of globalization and their respective impact on translation practice, Dr. George Ho, a former professional translator with more than 15 years’ translation experience, indicates that globalization has changed the mainstream of translation practice from canonical translation to professional translation. Therefore, it is justifiable to posit a paradigm shift in translation studies to meet the demand of and challenges for the translation profession and industry impacted by globalization.
Author/Editor: George Ho
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: VDM Verlag Dr. Müller Aktiengesellschaft & Co. KG, Saarbruecken, Germany
Publisher URL: http://www.vdm-publishing.com
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-3-8364-8710-8
Price and ordering information: US $110
Publication blurb: This book advocates a paradigm shift in translation studies to close the gap between translation theory and practice. By analyzing five aspects of globalization and their respective impact on translation practice, Dr. George Ho, a former professional translator with more than 15 years’ translation experience, indicates that globalization has changed the mainstream of translation practice from canonical translation to professional translation. Therefore, it is justifiable to posit a paradigm shift in translation studies to meet the demand of and challenges for the translation profession and industry impacted by globalization.
Posted by webmaster 20th December 2008.
Humor y traducción. Los Simpson cruzan la frontera
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Juan José Martínez-Sierra
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Publicaciones de la Universitat Jaume I (Castellón, Spain)
Publisher URL: http://www.tenda.uji.es/pls/iglu/!GCPPA00.GCPPR0002?id_art=817&lg=ES
ISBN/ISSN: 978-84-8021-636-4
Price and ordering information: 15 Euro
Publication blurb: 1. Traducción audiovisual. El doblaje 2. Los estudios descriptivos y la traducción audiovisual 3. Los Estudios Culturales y su aplicación a la traducción 4. Sobre el humor y su traducción (audiovisual) 5. Aspectos pragmáticos 6. Metodología de análisis y presentación del corpus 7. Análisis del corpus 8. Conclusiones
El autor analiza las claves del éxito de Los Simpson desde una perspectiva traductológica e intercultural. Ofrece un estudio descriptivo y discursivo que se centra en la transmisión del humor audiovisual de una lengua a otra, prestando especial atención a los referentes culturales y a las referencias intertextuales, en este caso desde el doblaje, y haciendo uso del principio de la relevancia como herramienta para llevar a cabo dicho análisis. La investigación recogida en esta obra permite al autor confeccionar un listado de tendecias de traducción (entendidas como posibles normas) del humor en textos audiovisuales.
Author/Editor: Juan José Martínez-Sierra
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Publicaciones de la Universitat Jaume I (Castellón, Spain)
Publisher URL: http://www.tenda.uji.es/pls/iglu/!GCPPA00.GCPPR0002?id_art=817&lg=ES
ISBN/ISSN: 978-84-8021-636-4
Price and ordering information: 15 Euro
Publication blurb: 1. Traducción audiovisual. El doblaje 2. Los estudios descriptivos y la traducción audiovisual 3. Los Estudios Culturales y su aplicación a la traducción 4. Sobre el humor y su traducción (audiovisual) 5. Aspectos pragmáticos 6. Metodología de análisis y presentación del corpus 7. Análisis del corpus 8. Conclusiones
El autor analiza las claves del éxito de Los Simpson desde una perspectiva traductológica e intercultural. Ofrece un estudio descriptivo y discursivo que se centra en la transmisión del humor audiovisual de una lengua a otra, prestando especial atención a los referentes culturales y a las referencias intertextuales, en este caso desde el doblaje, y haciendo uso del principio de la relevancia como herramienta para llevar a cabo dicho análisis. La investigación recogida en esta obra permite al autor confeccionar un listado de tendecias de traducción (entendidas como posibles normas) del humor en textos audiovisuales.
Posted by webmaster 22nd September 2008.
New Online Journal: Journal of Translation and Technical Communication Research
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor: Leona Van Vaerenbergh (Antwerpen) and Klaus Schubert (Flensburg)
Year of publication: July 2008
Keywords: Translation, Interpreting, Technical Communication, Terminology, Language for Specific Purposes
Place of Publication & Publisher:
Publisher URL: http://www.trans-kom.eu/index-en.html
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: http://www.trans-kom.eu/index-en.html
Publication blurb: Trans-kom is an academic journal for translation and technical communication research published solely on the Internet. trans-kom publishes research findings and contributions to academic discourse on subjects concerning translation and interpreting, technical communication, language for special purposes, terminology, and related fields. Submissions are accepted in German, English, French, or Spanish. All submissions will be blind reviewed before being accepted for publication.
Author/Editor: Leona Van Vaerenbergh (Antwerpen) and Klaus Schubert (Flensburg)
Year of publication: July 2008
Keywords: Translation, Interpreting, Technical Communication, Terminology, Language for Specific Purposes
Place of Publication & Publisher:
Publisher URL: http://www.trans-kom.eu/index-en.html
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: http://www.trans-kom.eu/index-en.html
Publication blurb: Trans-kom is an academic journal for translation and technical communication research published solely on the Internet. trans-kom publishes research findings and contributions to academic discourse on subjects concerning translation and interpreting, technical communication, language for special purposes, terminology, and related fields. Submissions are accepted in German, English, French, or Spanish. All submissions will be blind reviewed before being accepted for publication.
Posted by webmaster 20th July 2008.
Translating Selves. Experience and Identity Between Languages and Literatures
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: P. Nikolaou, M.V. KYRITSI
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London: Continuum
Publisher URL: http://www.continuumbooks.com
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 0826499260
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Description
This collection of essays argues that acts of translation connect intimately with formations of the self and issues of individual or cultural identity; that in contexts in which languages, literatures and cultures meet, we also encounter ‘translating selves’: ways of thinking, practices and understandings, creativity and experiences that (re)define the translating consciousness and (literary) translation. Chapters investigate the relationships between self and translation, from the realities of multilingualism to cognitive processes in the course of translating, to relations between writers and translators; from the creativities of self-translation to the transposition of conceptions of self across cultures and traditions. Structured in three parts, the book addresses in turn literary, cultural and theoretical aspects of encountered ‘selves in translation’, as well as the interactions between them, culminating in a final series of case studies. Offering an interdisciplinary perspective on identity in translation, this book will be of interest to researchers working in translation studies, literary theory, linguistics and discourse analysis.
Table Of Contents
Foreword, Mona Baker (University of Manchester)
Introduction: Selves in Translation, Paschalis Nikolaou and Maria-Venetia Kyritsi
Part I: Ways of Seeing: Self, Translation and the Literary
1. Translation drafts and the translating self, Maria Filippakopoulou
2. Translating the art of seeing: self, the selves of language and readerly subjectivity, Clive Scott (University of East Anglia)
3. Turning inward: liaisons of literary translation and life-writing, Paschalis Nikolaou
Part II: Language and Translating between Cultures and Identities
4. The ethical task of the translator in Paul Ricoeur, Angelo Bottone (University College, Dublin)
5. Global English and the destruction of identity?, Juliane House (University of Hamburg)
6. Devouring the other: cannibalism, translation and the construction of cultural identity, Rainer Guldin (Università della Svizzera Italiana, Lugano)
Part III: Case Studies: Experiences in Translation and Transition
7. Voicing the minority: self-translation and the quest for the voice in Gaelic poetry, Corinna Krause
8. Identity and humour in translation: the extravagant comic style of Rosa Cappiello’s Paese fortunate, Brigid Maher (Monash University)
9. Rerouting the self: Georg Forster's Reise um die Welt, Alison Martin (University of Kassel)
10. Lost in translation: shifts of self and identity in the English versions of Patañjali's Yogasutra, Daniel Raveh (Tel-Aviv University)
Bibliography
Index
Author/Editor: P. Nikolaou, M.V. KYRITSI
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London: Continuum
Publisher URL: http://www.continuumbooks.com
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 0826499260
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Description
This collection of essays argues that acts of translation connect intimately with formations of the self and issues of individual or cultural identity; that in contexts in which languages, literatures and cultures meet, we also encounter ‘translating selves’: ways of thinking, practices and understandings, creativity and experiences that (re)define the translating consciousness and (literary) translation. Chapters investigate the relationships between self and translation, from the realities of multilingualism to cognitive processes in the course of translating, to relations between writers and translators; from the creativities of self-translation to the transposition of conceptions of self across cultures and traditions. Structured in three parts, the book addresses in turn literary, cultural and theoretical aspects of encountered ‘selves in translation’, as well as the interactions between them, culminating in a final series of case studies. Offering an interdisciplinary perspective on identity in translation, this book will be of interest to researchers working in translation studies, literary theory, linguistics and discourse analysis.
Table Of Contents
Foreword, Mona Baker (University of Manchester)
Introduction: Selves in Translation, Paschalis Nikolaou and Maria-Venetia Kyritsi
Part I: Ways of Seeing: Self, Translation and the Literary
1. Translation drafts and the translating self, Maria Filippakopoulou
2. Translating the art of seeing: self, the selves of language and readerly subjectivity, Clive Scott (University of East Anglia)
3. Turning inward: liaisons of literary translation and life-writing, Paschalis Nikolaou
Part II: Language and Translating between Cultures and Identities
4. The ethical task of the translator in Paul Ricoeur, Angelo Bottone (University College, Dublin)
5. Global English and the destruction of identity?, Juliane House (University of Hamburg)
6. Devouring the other: cannibalism, translation and the construction of cultural identity, Rainer Guldin (Università della Svizzera Italiana, Lugano)
Part III: Case Studies: Experiences in Translation and Transition
7. Voicing the minority: self-translation and the quest for the voice in Gaelic poetry, Corinna Krause
8. Identity and humour in translation: the extravagant comic style of Rosa Cappiello’s Paese fortunate, Brigid Maher (Monash University)
9. Rerouting the self: Georg Forster's Reise um die Welt, Alison Martin (University of Kassel)
10. Lost in translation: shifts of self and identity in the English versions of Patañjali's Yogasutra, Daniel Raveh (Tel-Aviv University)
Bibliography
Index
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 23rd June 2008.
Translating Institutions. An Ethnographic Study of EU Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Kaisa KOSKINEN (University of Tampere, FINLAND)
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-1905763-08-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Translating Institutions outlines a framework for research on translation in institutional settings, using the Finnish translation unit at the European Commission as a case study. Because of their foundational multilingualism, the institutions of the European Union could be described as both translating and translated institutions. The European Commission alone employs nearly two thousand translators, and it is translators who draft the vast majority of outgoing EU messages. Translating Institutions sets out to explore the organizational role and professional identity of this group of cultural mediators, a group that has remained relatively invisible despite its size and central institutional role, and to use the analysis of this data to elaborate broader methodological and theoretical issues.
Translating Institutions adopts an ethnographic approach to explore the life and work of the translators at the centre of this study. In practice, this entails employing a number of different methods and interrogating various types of data. The three-level research design used covers the study of the institutional framework, the study of translators working in specific institutional settings, and the study of translated documents and their source texts. This is therefore a study of both texts and people in their institutional habitat. Given the methodological focus of the volume, the different methods and data are outlined in independent chapters: the institutional framework of translation (institutional ethnography), the physical location of the unit (observation), translators’ own views of their role (focus group discussions), and a sociologically-oriented text analysis of a sample document (shifts analysis).
Translating Institutions constitutes a valuable contribution to the sociology of translation. It opens up new avenues for research and offers a detailed framework for the study of institutional translation.
Author/Editor: Kaisa KOSKINEN (University of Tampere, FINLAND)
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-1905763-08-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Translating Institutions outlines a framework for research on translation in institutional settings, using the Finnish translation unit at the European Commission as a case study. Because of their foundational multilingualism, the institutions of the European Union could be described as both translating and translated institutions. The European Commission alone employs nearly two thousand translators, and it is translators who draft the vast majority of outgoing EU messages. Translating Institutions sets out to explore the organizational role and professional identity of this group of cultural mediators, a group that has remained relatively invisible despite its size and central institutional role, and to use the analysis of this data to elaborate broader methodological and theoretical issues.
Translating Institutions adopts an ethnographic approach to explore the life and work of the translators at the centre of this study. In practice, this entails employing a number of different methods and interrogating various types of data. The three-level research design used covers the study of the institutional framework, the study of translators working in specific institutional settings, and the study of translated documents and their source texts. This is therefore a study of both texts and people in their institutional habitat. Given the methodological focus of the volume, the different methods and data are outlined in independent chapters: the institutional framework of translation (institutional ethnography), the physical location of the unit (observation), translators’ own views of their role (focus group discussions), and a sociologically-oriented text analysis of a sample document (shifts analysis).
Translating Institutions constitutes a valuable contribution to the sociology of translation. It opens up new avenues for research and offers a detailed framework for the study of institutional translation.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 5th May 2008.
Translation as Reparation. Writing and Translation in Postcolonial Africa
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Paul F. BANDIA
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-1905763-06-1
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: This is a book that blends critical perspectives to celebrate hybridity. It tackles questions of belonging and displacement, speech and writing, transnationalism and interculturality. It puts the African postcolonial experience in a global context and demonstrates both the reach and the anxiety of translation. A momentous book and a stupendous achievement. (Theo Hermans, Centre for Intercultural Studies, University College London)
Empirically based on numerous examples drawn from the wide spectrum of African Europhone literature, Paul Bandia’s book is essential reading for scholars and students working in the field of crosscultural communication as it specifically relates to issues of language and identity in a most significant but heretofore neglected region of the world. (Annie Brisset, President, International Association for Translation & Intercultural Studies – IATIS)
Translation as Reparation showcases postcolonial Africa by offering African European-language literature as a case study for postcolonial translation theory, and proposes a new perspective for postcolonial literary criticism informed by theories of translation. The book focuses on translingualism and interculturality in African Europhone literature, highlighting the role of oral culture and artistry in the writing of fiction. The fictionalizing of African orature in postcolonial literature is viewed in terms of translation and an intercultural writing practice which challenge the canons of colonial linguistic propriety through the subversion of social and linguistic conventions. The study opens up pathways for developing new insights into the ethics of translation, as it raises issues related to the politics of language, ideology, identity, accented writing and translation. It confirms the place of translation theory in literary criticism and affirms the importance of translation in the circulation of texts, particularly those from minority cultures, in the global marketplace.
Grounded in a multidisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to students and scholars in a variety of fields, including translation studies, African literature and culture, sociolinguistics and multilingualism, postcolonial and intercultural studies.
Author/Editor: Paul F. BANDIA
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-1905763-06-1
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: This is a book that blends critical perspectives to celebrate hybridity. It tackles questions of belonging and displacement, speech and writing, transnationalism and interculturality. It puts the African postcolonial experience in a global context and demonstrates both the reach and the anxiety of translation. A momentous book and a stupendous achievement. (Theo Hermans, Centre for Intercultural Studies, University College London)
Empirically based on numerous examples drawn from the wide spectrum of African Europhone literature, Paul Bandia’s book is essential reading for scholars and students working in the field of crosscultural communication as it specifically relates to issues of language and identity in a most significant but heretofore neglected region of the world. (Annie Brisset, President, International Association for Translation & Intercultural Studies – IATIS)
Translation as Reparation showcases postcolonial Africa by offering African European-language literature as a case study for postcolonial translation theory, and proposes a new perspective for postcolonial literary criticism informed by theories of translation. The book focuses on translingualism and interculturality in African Europhone literature, highlighting the role of oral culture and artistry in the writing of fiction. The fictionalizing of African orature in postcolonial literature is viewed in terms of translation and an intercultural writing practice which challenge the canons of colonial linguistic propriety through the subversion of social and linguistic conventions. The study opens up pathways for developing new insights into the ethics of translation, as it raises issues related to the politics of language, ideology, identity, accented writing and translation. It confirms the place of translation theory in literary criticism and affirms the importance of translation in the circulation of texts, particularly those from minority cultures, in the global marketplace.
Grounded in a multidisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to students and scholars in a variety of fields, including translation studies, African literature and culture, sociolinguistics and multilingualism, postcolonial and intercultural studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 28th April 2008.
Comics in Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Federico ZANETTIN (Editor), University of Perugia, Italy
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-07-7 / 978-1-905763-07-8
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Comics are a pervasive art form and an intrinsic part of the cultural fabric of most countries. And yet, relatively little has been written on the translation of comics. Comics in Translation attempts to address this gap in the literature and to offer the first and most comprehensive account of various aspects of a diverse range of social practices subsumed under the label ‘comics’.
Focusing on the role played by translation in shaping graphic narratives that appear in various formats, different contributors examine various aspects of this popular phenomenon. Topics covered include the impact of globalization and localization processes on the ways in which translated comics are embedded in cultures; the import of editorial and publishing practices; textual strategies adopted in translating comics, including the translation of culture- and language-specific features; and the interplay between visual and verbal messages. Comics in translation examines comics that originate in different cultures, belong to quite different genres, and are aimed at readers of different age groups and cultural backgrounds, from Disney comics to Art Spiegelman’s Maus, from Katsuhiro Ōtomo’s Akira to Goscinny and Uderzo’s Astérix. The contributions are based on first-hand research and exemplify a wide range of approaches. Languages covered include English, Italian, Spanish, Arabic, French, German, Japanese and Inuit.
The volume features illustrations from the works discussed and an extensive annotated bibliography.
Contributors include: Raffaella Baccolini, Nadine Celotti, Adele D’Arcangelo, Catherine Delesse, Elena Di Giovanni, Heike Elisabeth Jüngst, Valerio Rota, Carmen Valero-Garcés, Federico Zanettin and Jehan Zitawi.
Author/Editor: Federico ZANETTIN (Editor), University of Perugia, Italy
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-905763-07-7 / 978-1-905763-07-8
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Comics are a pervasive art form and an intrinsic part of the cultural fabric of most countries. And yet, relatively little has been written on the translation of comics. Comics in Translation attempts to address this gap in the literature and to offer the first and most comprehensive account of various aspects of a diverse range of social practices subsumed under the label ‘comics’.
Focusing on the role played by translation in shaping graphic narratives that appear in various formats, different contributors examine various aspects of this popular phenomenon. Topics covered include the impact of globalization and localization processes on the ways in which translated comics are embedded in cultures; the import of editorial and publishing practices; textual strategies adopted in translating comics, including the translation of culture- and language-specific features; and the interplay between visual and verbal messages. Comics in translation examines comics that originate in different cultures, belong to quite different genres, and are aimed at readers of different age groups and cultural backgrounds, from Disney comics to Art Spiegelman’s Maus, from Katsuhiro Ōtomo’s Akira to Goscinny and Uderzo’s Astérix. The contributions are based on first-hand research and exemplify a wide range of approaches. Languages covered include English, Italian, Spanish, Arabic, French, German, Japanese and Inuit.
The volume features illustrations from the works discussed and an extensive annotated bibliography.
Contributors include: Raffaella Baccolini, Nadine Celotti, Adele D’Arcangelo, Catherine Delesse, Elena Di Giovanni, Heike Elisabeth Jüngst, Valerio Rota, Carmen Valero-Garcés, Federico Zanettin and Jehan Zitawi.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 21st April 2008.
Translation, Globalisation and Localisation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Wang Ning, Tsinghua University
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords: Translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon:Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847690531
ISBN/ISSN: 9781847690531
Price and ordering information: Price: £49.95 / US$99.95 / CAN$99.95
Order from: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847690531
Publication blurb: The global/local distinction has changed significantly, and the topic has been heatedly debated in literary and cultural as well as translation scholarship. In this age of globalisation, the traditional definition of translation has been altered. In the present anthology, translation is viewed as a cultural and political practice, and accordingly translation studies is based on a heightened awareness of global/local tensions in translation and of its moderating and transforming impact on local cultural paradigms. All the essays in this anthology deal with issues of translation from a cultural and theoretic perspective with regard to tensions and conflicts between global and local interests and values. No matter how different their approaches may seem, the essays are thematically integrated to discuss translation in a dialectical framework: either “globalising” Chinese issues internationally, or “localising” general and international issues domestically.
Author/Editor: Wang Ning, Tsinghua University
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords: Translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon:Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847690531
ISBN/ISSN: 9781847690531
Price and ordering information: Price: £49.95 / US$99.95 / CAN$99.95
Order from: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/display.asp?isb=9781847690531
Publication blurb: The global/local distinction has changed significantly, and the topic has been heatedly debated in literary and cultural as well as translation scholarship. In this age of globalisation, the traditional definition of translation has been altered. In the present anthology, translation is viewed as a cultural and political practice, and accordingly translation studies is based on a heightened awareness of global/local tensions in translation and of its moderating and transforming impact on local cultural paradigms. All the essays in this anthology deal with issues of translation from a cultural and theoretic perspective with regard to tensions and conflicts between global and local interests and values. No matter how different their approaches may seem, the essays are thematically integrated to discuss translation in a dialectical framework: either “globalising” Chinese issues internationally, or “localising” general and international issues domestically.
Posted by Elinor Robertson 4th April 2008.
Beyond Descriptive Translation Studies. Investigations in Homage to Gideon Toury
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Anthony, PYM, Miriam SCHLESINGER, Daniel SIMEONI (Edtors)
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: Hb 978 90 272 16847
Price and ordering information: EUR 110
Publication blurb: To go “beyond” the work of a leading intellectual is rarely an unambiguous
tribute. However, when Gideon Toury founded Descriptive Translation
Studies as a research-based discipline, he laid down precisely that intellectual
challenge: not just to describe translation, but to explain it through reference
to wider relations. at call off ers at once a common base, an open and
multidirectional ambition, and many good reasons for unambiguous
tribute. e authors brought together in this volume include key players
in Translation Studies who have responded to Toury’s challenge in one
way or another. eir diverse contributions address issues such as the
sociology of translators, contemporary changes in intercultural relations, the
fundamental problem of defi ning translations, the nature of explanation,
and case studies including pseudotranslation in Renaissance Italy, Sherlock
Holmes in Turkey, and the coff ee-and-sugar economy in Brazil. All
acknowledge Translation Studies as a research-based space for conceptual
coherence and creativity; all seek to explain as well as describe. In this
sense, we believe that Toury’s call has been answered beyond expectations.
Author/Editor: Anthony, PYM, Miriam SCHLESINGER, Daniel SIMEONI (Edtors)
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: Hb 978 90 272 16847
Price and ordering information: EUR 110
Publication blurb: To go “beyond” the work of a leading intellectual is rarely an unambiguous
tribute. However, when Gideon Toury founded Descriptive Translation
Studies as a research-based discipline, he laid down precisely that intellectual
challenge: not just to describe translation, but to explain it through reference
to wider relations. at call off ers at once a common base, an open and
multidirectional ambition, and many good reasons for unambiguous
tribute. e authors brought together in this volume include key players
in Translation Studies who have responded to Toury’s challenge in one
way or another. eir diverse contributions address issues such as the
sociology of translators, contemporary changes in intercultural relations, the
fundamental problem of defi ning translations, the nature of explanation,
and case studies including pseudotranslation in Renaissance Italy, Sherlock
Holmes in Turkey, and the coff ee-and-sugar economy in Brazil. All
acknowledge Translation Studies as a research-based space for conceptual
coherence and creativity; all seek to explain as well as describe. In this
sense, we believe that Toury’s call has been answered beyond expectations.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 17th March 2008.
How Does it Feel? Point of View in Translation. The Case of Virginia Woolf into French
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: BOSSEAUX, Charlotte
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Narratology is concerned with the study of narratives; but surprisingly it does not usually distinguish between original and translated texts. This lack of distinction is regrettable. In recent years the visibility of translations and translators has become a widely discussed topic in Translation Studies; yet the issue of translating a novel’s point of view has remained relatively unexplored. It seems crucial to ask how far a translator’s choices affect the novel’s point of view, and whether characters or narrators come across similarly in originals and translations.
This book addresses exactly these questions. It proposes a method by which it becomes possible to investigate how the point of view of a work of fiction is created in an original and adapted in translation. It shows that there are potential problems involved in the translation of linguistic features that constitute point of view (deixis, modality, transitivity and free indirect discourse) and that this has an impact on the way works are translated.
Traditionally, comparative analysis of originals and their translations have relied on manual examinations; this book demonstrates that corpus-based tools can greatly facilitate and sharpen the process of comparison. The method is demonstrated using Virginia Woolf’s To The Lighthouse (1927) and The Waves (1931), and their French translations.
Author/Editor: BOSSEAUX, Charlotte
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Narratology is concerned with the study of narratives; but surprisingly it does not usually distinguish between original and translated texts. This lack of distinction is regrettable. In recent years the visibility of translations and translators has become a widely discussed topic in Translation Studies; yet the issue of translating a novel’s point of view has remained relatively unexplored. It seems crucial to ask how far a translator’s choices affect the novel’s point of view, and whether characters or narrators come across similarly in originals and translations.
This book addresses exactly these questions. It proposes a method by which it becomes possible to investigate how the point of view of a work of fiction is created in an original and adapted in translation. It shows that there are potential problems involved in the translation of linguistic features that constitute point of view (deixis, modality, transitivity and free indirect discourse) and that this has an impact on the way works are translated.
Traditionally, comparative analysis of originals and their translations have relied on manual examinations; this book demonstrates that corpus-based tools can greatly facilitate and sharpen the process of comparison. The method is demonstrated using Virginia Woolf’s To The Lighthouse (1927) and The Waves (1931), and their French translations.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 16th March 2008.
Interpretation and Transformation. Explorations in Art and the Self
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: KRAUSZ, Michael
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: Pb: 978-90-420-2180-8
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: In this book, Michael Krausz addresses the concept of interpretation in the visual arts, the emotions, and the self. He examines competing ideals of interpretation, their ontological entanglements, reference frames, and the relation between elucidation and self-transformation.
“This book marks a decisive moment in the philosophical scholarship on interpretation. Krausz is a unique figure in the current philosophical climate, equally capable of theoretical sophistication, eloquence, and compelling argumentation. Widely acclaimed for his major contributions to interpretation theory, he has now added a crucial dimension to his work, and to the field itself.”
Andreea Deciu Ritivoi, Carnegie-Mellon University (Author: Yesterday's Self; Editor: Interpretation and Its Objects: Studies in the Philosophy of Michael Krausz)
Interpretation and Translation (IT) explores philosophical issues of interpretation and its cultural objects. It also addresses commensuration and understanding among languages, conceptual schemes, symbol systems, reference frames, and the like. The series publishes theoretical works drawn from philosophy, rhetoric, linguistics, anthropology, religious studies, art history, and musicology.
Author/Editor: KRAUSZ, Michael
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: Pb: 978-90-420-2180-8
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: In this book, Michael Krausz addresses the concept of interpretation in the visual arts, the emotions, and the self. He examines competing ideals of interpretation, their ontological entanglements, reference frames, and the relation between elucidation and self-transformation.
“This book marks a decisive moment in the philosophical scholarship on interpretation. Krausz is a unique figure in the current philosophical climate, equally capable of theoretical sophistication, eloquence, and compelling argumentation. Widely acclaimed for his major contributions to interpretation theory, he has now added a crucial dimension to his work, and to the field itself.”
Andreea Deciu Ritivoi, Carnegie-Mellon University (Author: Yesterday's Self; Editor: Interpretation and Its Objects: Studies in the Philosophy of Michael Krausz)
Interpretation and Translation (IT) explores philosophical issues of interpretation and its cultural objects. It also addresses commensuration and understanding among languages, conceptual schemes, symbol systems, reference frames, and the like. The series publishes theoretical works drawn from philosophy, rhetoric, linguistics, anthropology, religious studies, art history, and musicology.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 16th March 2008.
Journal of International and Intercultural Communication
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor:
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London/New York: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.informaworld.com/jiic
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Journal of International and Intercultural Communication is new for 2008, and is a publication of the National Communication Association
Journal of International and Intercultural Communication publishes scholarship for an international readership on international and intercultural communication from a range of theoretical, conceptual and methodological perspectives. The journal features leading edge inquiry that cuts across academic boundaries to focus on international, intercultural, as well as indigenous communication issues. It invites manuscripts that not only address pressing issues in multiple regions, multilingual communities, social, political, and cultural practices from the standpoint of communication, but it also invites manuscripts that push the boundaries of contemporary work in international and intercultural communication. A nation-state should not necessarily be synonymous with a single culture as nation-states might be more productively viewed as comprising multiple cultures, nor should a culture be thought of as bounded by national boundaries, as cultures may cross the boundaries of multiple nation-states. International and intercultural communication, from interpersonal interaction to mass media, should be considered in the context of contemporary tensions, including globalization, post colonialism, cultural imperialism, and more. Theoretical, historical, experiential, experimental, as well as critical, discursive and textual analyses are welcome.
Author/Editor:
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London/New York: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.informaworld.com/jiic
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Journal of International and Intercultural Communication is new for 2008, and is a publication of the National Communication Association
Journal of International and Intercultural Communication publishes scholarship for an international readership on international and intercultural communication from a range of theoretical, conceptual and methodological perspectives. The journal features leading edge inquiry that cuts across academic boundaries to focus on international, intercultural, as well as indigenous communication issues. It invites manuscripts that not only address pressing issues in multiple regions, multilingual communities, social, political, and cultural practices from the standpoint of communication, but it also invites manuscripts that push the boundaries of contemporary work in international and intercultural communication. A nation-state should not necessarily be synonymous with a single culture as nation-states might be more productively viewed as comprising multiple cultures, nor should a culture be thought of as bounded by national boundaries, as cultures may cross the boundaries of multiple nation-states. International and intercultural communication, from interpersonal interaction to mass media, should be considered in the context of contemporary tensions, including globalization, post colonialism, cultural imperialism, and more. Theoretical, historical, experiential, experimental, as well as critical, discursive and textual analyses are welcome.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 16th March 2008.
LANS6-07 - A Tool for Social Integration? Audiovisual Translation from Different Angles
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Aline REMAEL and Joselia NEVES (editors)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Antwerp: Hoger Instituut voor Vertalers & Tolken
Publisher URL: http://www.hivt.be/publicaties/linguistica_editorialstatement.htm
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb:
LINGUISTICA ANTVERPIENSIA
"A Tool for Social Integration? Audiovisual Translation from Different Angles"
Aline Remael & Josélia Neves (eds)
Introduction:
A tool for social integration? Audiovisual translation from different angles
Contents
Aline Remael & Josélia Neves
Introduction. A tool for social integration? Audiovisual translation from different angles
Rachel Weissbrod
Translation for Israeli television: the reflection of a hybrid identity
Jan-Louis Kruger, Haidee Kruger & Marlene Verhoef
Subtitling and the promotion of multilingualism: the case of marginalised languages in South Africa
Elena Di Giovanni
Films, Subtitles and Subversions
Luis Pérez-González
Intervention in new amateur subtitling cultures: a multimodal account
Carol O’Sullivan
Multilingualism at the Multiplex: a new audience for screen translation?
Yves Gambier
Sous-titrage et apprentissage des langues
Juan Antonio Prieto Velasco, Maribel Tercedor Sánchez& Clara Inés López Rodríguez
Using multi-media materials in the teaching of scientific and technical translation
Marta Mateo
Surtitling today: new uses, attitudes and developments
Lucile Desblache
Music to my ears, but words to my eyes? Text, opera and their audiences
José Luis Martí Ferriol
An empirical and descriptive study of the translation method for dubbing and subtitling
Pablo Romero Fresco
Synching and swimming naturally on the side – the translation of hesitation in dubbing
Frederico Chaume
Dubbing practices in Europe: localisation beats globalisation
Victor M. González Ruiz, & Laura Cruz García
Other voices, other rooms? The relevance of dubbing in the reception of audiovisual products
Chiara Bucaria
Humour and other catastrophes: dealing with the translation of mixed-genre TV series
Delia Chiaro
Not in front of the children? An analysis of sex on screen in Italy
Cristina Valdés
A complex mode of screen translation: the case of advertisements on Spanish television
Rosa Agost
La traducción de la publicidad televisiva: la globalización, catalizadora de cambios en la estrategia traductora
Bart van der Veer
De tolk als respeaker: een kwestie van training
Anna Matamala & Pilar Orero
Designing a course on audio description and defining the main competences of the future professional
Catalina Jiménez Hurtado
La Audiodescripción desde la representación del conocimientogeneral. Configuración semántica de una gramática local del texto audiodescrito
Sabine Braun
Audio Description from a discourse perspective: a socially relevant framework for research and training
Author/Editor: Aline REMAEL and Joselia NEVES (editors)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Antwerp: Hoger Instituut voor Vertalers & Tolken
Publisher URL: http://www.hivt.be/publicaties/linguistica_editorialstatement.htm
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb:
LINGUISTICA ANTVERPIENSIA
"A Tool for Social Integration? Audiovisual Translation from Different Angles"
Aline Remael & Josélia Neves (eds)
Introduction:
A tool for social integration? Audiovisual translation from different angles
Contents
Aline Remael & Josélia Neves
Introduction. A tool for social integration? Audiovisual translation from different angles
Rachel Weissbrod
Translation for Israeli television: the reflection of a hybrid identity
Jan-Louis Kruger, Haidee Kruger & Marlene Verhoef
Subtitling and the promotion of multilingualism: the case of marginalised languages in South Africa
Elena Di Giovanni
Films, Subtitles and Subversions
Luis Pérez-González
Intervention in new amateur subtitling cultures: a multimodal account
Carol O’Sullivan
Multilingualism at the Multiplex: a new audience for screen translation?
Yves Gambier
Sous-titrage et apprentissage des langues
Juan Antonio Prieto Velasco, Maribel Tercedor Sánchez& Clara Inés López Rodríguez
Using multi-media materials in the teaching of scientific and technical translation
Marta Mateo
Surtitling today: new uses, attitudes and developments
Lucile Desblache
Music to my ears, but words to my eyes? Text, opera and their audiences
José Luis Martí Ferriol
An empirical and descriptive study of the translation method for dubbing and subtitling
Pablo Romero Fresco
Synching and swimming naturally on the side – the translation of hesitation in dubbing
Frederico Chaume
Dubbing practices in Europe: localisation beats globalisation
Victor M. González Ruiz, & Laura Cruz García
Other voices, other rooms? The relevance of dubbing in the reception of audiovisual products
Chiara Bucaria
Humour and other catastrophes: dealing with the translation of mixed-genre TV series
Delia Chiaro
Not in front of the children? An analysis of sex on screen in Italy
Cristina Valdés
A complex mode of screen translation: the case of advertisements on Spanish television
Rosa Agost
La traducción de la publicidad televisiva: la globalización, catalizadora de cambios en la estrategia traductora
Bart van der Veer
De tolk als respeaker: een kwestie van training
Anna Matamala & Pilar Orero
Designing a course on audio description and defining the main competences of the future professional
Catalina Jiménez Hurtado
La Audiodescripción desde la representación del conocimientogeneral. Configuración semántica de una gramática local del texto audiodescrito
Sabine Braun
Audio Description from a discourse perspective: a socially relevant framework for research and training
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 15th February 2008.
Journal of Italian Translation
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor: Luigi BONAFFINI (Editor), Brooklyn, NY, USA.
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Legas: New York
Publisher URL: http://www.jitonline.org/
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: To subscribe, please complete and return the form
below to: Journal of Italian Translation Department of Modern Languages
and Literatures Brooklyn College 2900 Bedford Avenue Brooklyn NY 11210
Name
Address
City, State & Zip Code
Email address
Subscription rates:
U.S. and Canada. Individuals $25.00 a year, $45 for 2 years.
Institutions: $30.00 a year.
Single copies $15.00.
For all mailing overseas, please add $10 per issue. Payments in U.S.
dollars.
Make checks payable to Journal of Italian Translation
All donations will be gratefully accepted.
Publication blurb: Journal of Italian Translation is a non-profit international journal
devoted to the translation of literary works from and into Italian-English-
Italian dialects. All translations are published with the original text.
It also publishes essays and reviews dealing with Italian translation. JIT
is published twice a year.
Submissions should be both printed and in electronic form and they will
not be returned. Translations must be accompanied by the original texts, a
brief profile of the translator, a brief profile of the author, and a
brief comment on the translation itself. All submissions and inquiries
should be addressed to Journal of Italian Translation, Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures, 2900 Bedford Ave. Brooklyn, NY 11210 or
to Luigi Bonaffini at l.bonaffini@att.net
.
Books and book reviews should be sent to Joseph Perricone, Dept. of Modern
Language and Literature, Fordham University, Columbus Ave & 60th Street,
New York, NY 10023 (perricone@fordham.edu).
Author/Editor: Luigi BONAFFINI (Editor), Brooklyn, NY, USA.
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Legas: New York
Publisher URL: http://www.jitonline.org/
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: To subscribe, please complete and return the form
below to: Journal of Italian Translation Department of Modern Languages
and Literatures Brooklyn College 2900 Bedford Avenue Brooklyn NY 11210
Name
Address
City, State & Zip Code
Email address
Subscription rates:
U.S. and Canada. Individuals $25.00 a year, $45 for 2 years.
Institutions: $30.00 a year.
Single copies $15.00.
For all mailing overseas, please add $10 per issue. Payments in U.S.
dollars.
Make checks payable to Journal of Italian Translation
All donations will be gratefully accepted.
Publication blurb: Journal of Italian Translation is a non-profit international journal
devoted to the translation of literary works from and into Italian-English-
Italian dialects. All translations are published with the original text.
It also publishes essays and reviews dealing with Italian translation. JIT
is published twice a year.
Submissions should be both printed and in electronic form and they will
not be returned. Translations must be accompanied by the original texts, a
brief profile of the translator, a brief profile of the author, and a
brief comment on the translation itself. All submissions and inquiries
should be addressed to Journal of Italian Translation, Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures, 2900 Bedford Ave. Brooklyn, NY 11210 or
to Luigi Bonaffini at l.bonaffini@att.net
.
Books and book reviews should be sent to Joseph Perricone, Dept. of Modern
Language and Literature, Fordham University, Columbus Ave & 60th Street,
New York, NY 10023 (perricone@fordham.edu).
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 3rd February 2008.
The Politics and Poetics of Translation in Turkey, 1923-1960
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Şehnaz Tahir Gürçağlar
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-90-420-2329-1
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: The present book is a bold attempt at revealing the complex and diversified nature of the field of translated literature in Turkey during a period of radical socio-political change. On the broad level, it investigates the implications of the political transformation experienced in Turkey after the proclamation of the Republic for the cultural and literary fields, including the field of translated literature. On a more specific level, it holds translation under focus and explores the discourse formed on translation and translators while it also traces the norms (not) observed by translators throughout the 1920s-1950s in two case studies. The findings of the study suggest that the concepts of translation both affected and were affected by cultural processes in the society, including ideological and poetological ones and that there was no uniform way of defining or carrying out translations during the period under study. The findings also point at the segmentation of readership in early republican Turkey and conclude that the political and poetological factors governing the production and reception of translations varied for different segments of readers.
Author/Editor: Şehnaz Tahir Gürçağlar
Year of publication: 2008
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-90-420-2329-1
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: The present book is a bold attempt at revealing the complex and diversified nature of the field of translated literature in Turkey during a period of radical socio-political change. On the broad level, it investigates the implications of the political transformation experienced in Turkey after the proclamation of the Republic for the cultural and literary fields, including the field of translated literature. On a more specific level, it holds translation under focus and explores the discourse formed on translation and translators while it also traces the norms (not) observed by translators throughout the 1920s-1950s in two case studies. The findings of the study suggest that the concepts of translation both affected and were affected by cultural processes in the society, including ideological and poetological ones and that there was no uniform way of defining or carrying out translations during the period under study. The findings also point at the segmentation of readership in early republican Turkey and conclude that the political and poetological factors governing the production and reception of translations varied for different segments of readers.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 23rd January 2008.
Translation as Intervention
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Jeremy MUNDAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London/New York: Continuum
Publisher URL: http://www.iatis.org/content/pubs/yearbook/2006.php
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN (paperback): 978–08264–9520–4
Price and ordering information: http://www.iatis.org/content/pubs/yearbook/2006.php
http://www.continuumbooks.com/Subjects/default.aspx?CountryID=1&ImprintID=2&SubjectID=989
Publication blurb: This book examines the role of translation as a politically and socially active phenomenon which moulds and potentially alters the outcome of many types of communicative event. The contributors examine the effect of translation and intervention in a range of situations and case studies including the European Union, marginalized literature in India, Arabic historical texts and interpretation in the South African courtroom. The result is a comprehensive examination of this key question in translation studies: to what extent and in which ways does the translator, and those involved in the translation process, intervene in the discourse he or she translates? Translation as Intervention is a fascinating collection of essays discussing this most central of topics in translation studies. It will be of interest to postgraduates and academics researching in this area.
This new collection edited by Jeremy Munday, includes contributions by Carol Maier, Brian Mossop, Rita Kothari, Liu Yameng, Jef Verschueren, Basil Hatim, Rosemary Moeketsi, Joana Drugan and Francesca Billiani.
Author/Editor: Jeremy MUNDAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London/New York: Continuum
Publisher URL: http://www.iatis.org/content/pubs/yearbook/2006.php
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN (paperback): 978–08264–9520–4
Price and ordering information: http://www.iatis.org/content/pubs/yearbook/2006.php
http://www.continuumbooks.com/Subjects/default.aspx?CountryID=1&ImprintID=2&SubjectID=989
Publication blurb: This book examines the role of translation as a politically and socially active phenomenon which moulds and potentially alters the outcome of many types of communicative event. The contributors examine the effect of translation and intervention in a range of situations and case studies including the European Union, marginalized literature in India, Arabic historical texts and interpretation in the South African courtroom. The result is a comprehensive examination of this key question in translation studies: to what extent and in which ways does the translator, and those involved in the translation process, intervene in the discourse he or she translates? Translation as Intervention is a fascinating collection of essays discussing this most central of topics in translation studies. It will be of interest to postgraduates and academics researching in this area.
This new collection edited by Jeremy Munday, includes contributions by Carol Maier, Brian Mossop, Rita Kothari, Liu Yameng, Jef Verschueren, Basil Hatim, Rosemary Moeketsi, Joana Drugan and Francesca Billiani.
Posted by webmaster 8th January 2008.
BJL 21 - The Study of Language and Translation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Willy Vandeweghe, Sonia Vandepitte, Marc Van de Velde
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: On January 12-14, 2006 an international congress took place in Ghent (Belgium) at the School of Translation Studies (Hogeschool Gent), under the auspices of the Linguistic Society of Belgium. Its theme was the interface between Linguistics and Translation Studies, and the relevance of one discipline to the other. The congress acronym slt06 stood for ‘The Study of Language and Translation 2006’.
A selection of the papers presented at this congress has been brought together in volume 21 of the Belgian Journal of Linguistics (BJL 21). This volume, published by John Benjamins, is due to appear in May or June 2007. Many of the contributions to the volume are in some way or another tributary to the translation studies corpus approach with its focus on corpus methodology and universals research. In fact, various methodologies are suggested for the investigation of similarities, metacommunication, borrowings, collocations, and so on. Reference is made to both S-universals and T-universals. The relationship between hypotheses, types of findings and domains of study is explored and results are given of investigations into prosodic, linguistic and textual features of various types of translation corpora.
The volume presents results from descriptive linguistic investigations into translations, covering a wide variety of West-European languages: Catalan, Czech, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Norwegian and Spanish. Among the contributors to the volume are three of the keynote speakers at the congress, Mona Baker, Andrew Chesterman and Christiane Nord. Other contributions are from an international plethora of scholars: Kris Buyse, Jana Chamonikolasová and Jiří Rambousek, Ana Espunya, Patrick Goethals, Sandra Halverson, Sara Laviosa, Marjatta Lehtinen Josep Marco Borillo and Josep Guzman, and Sonia Vandepitte.
Author/Editor: Willy Vandeweghe, Sonia Vandepitte, Marc Van de Velde
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: On January 12-14, 2006 an international congress took place in Ghent (Belgium) at the School of Translation Studies (Hogeschool Gent), under the auspices of the Linguistic Society of Belgium. Its theme was the interface between Linguistics and Translation Studies, and the relevance of one discipline to the other. The congress acronym slt06 stood for ‘The Study of Language and Translation 2006’.
A selection of the papers presented at this congress has been brought together in volume 21 of the Belgian Journal of Linguistics (BJL 21). This volume, published by John Benjamins, is due to appear in May or June 2007. Many of the contributions to the volume are in some way or another tributary to the translation studies corpus approach with its focus on corpus methodology and universals research. In fact, various methodologies are suggested for the investigation of similarities, metacommunication, borrowings, collocations, and so on. Reference is made to both S-universals and T-universals. The relationship between hypotheses, types of findings and domains of study is explored and results are given of investigations into prosodic, linguistic and textual features of various types of translation corpora.
The volume presents results from descriptive linguistic investigations into translations, covering a wide variety of West-European languages: Catalan, Czech, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Norwegian and Spanish. Among the contributors to the volume are three of the keynote speakers at the congress, Mona Baker, Andrew Chesterman and Christiane Nord. Other contributions are from an international plethora of scholars: Kris Buyse, Jana Chamonikolasová and Jiří Rambousek, Ana Espunya, Patrick Goethals, Sandra Halverson, Sara Laviosa, Marjatta Lehtinen Josep Marco Borillo and Josep Guzman, and Sonia Vandepitte.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 18th December 2007.
Incoporating Corpora
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Anderman, Gunilla & Rogers, Margaret University of Surrey
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords: translation, interpretation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9781853599859
Price and ordering information: £34.95/US$69.95/CAN$79.95
Publication blurb: Covering a number of European languages from Portuguese to Hungarian, this volume includes many new studies
of translation patterns using parallel corpora focusing on particular linguistic features, as well as broader-ranging
contributions on translation ‘universals’. Chapter 1sets the scene by tracing the origins of modern corpus-based
studies to earlier developments in Linguistics.
Author/Editor: Anderman, Gunilla & Rogers, Margaret University of Surrey
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords: translation, interpretation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9781853599859
Price and ordering information: £34.95/US$69.95/CAN$79.95
Publication blurb: Covering a number of European languages from Portuguese to Hungarian, this volume includes many new studies
of translation patterns using parallel corpora focusing on particular linguistic features, as well as broader-ranging
contributions on translation ‘universals’. Chapter 1sets the scene by tracing the origins of modern corpus-based
studies to earlier developments in Linguistics.
Posted by Elinor Robertson 11th December 2007.
Enlarging Translation, Empowering Translators
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Maria TYMOCZKO
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-66-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Beginning with the paradox that characterizes the history of translation studies in the last half century – that more and more parameters of translation have been defined, but less and less closure achieved – the first half of Enlarging Translation, Empowering Translators calls for radical inclusionary approaches to translation, including a greater internationalization of the field. The book investigates the implications of the expanding but open definition of translation, with a chapter on research methods charting future approaches to translation studies. In the second half of the book, these enlarged views of translation are linked to the empowerment and agency of the translator. Revamped ideological frameworks for translation, new paradigms for the translation of culture, and new ways of incorporating contemporary views of meaning into translation follow from the expanded conceptualization of translation, and they serve as a platform for empowering translators and promoting activist translation practices.
Addressed to translation theorists, teachers, and practising translators alike, this latest contribution from one of the leading theorists in the field sets new directions for translation studies.
Author/Editor: Maria TYMOCZKO
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-66-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Beginning with the paradox that characterizes the history of translation studies in the last half century – that more and more parameters of translation have been defined, but less and less closure achieved – the first half of Enlarging Translation, Empowering Translators calls for radical inclusionary approaches to translation, including a greater internationalization of the field. The book investigates the implications of the expanding but open definition of translation, with a chapter on research methods charting future approaches to translation studies. In the second half of the book, these enlarged views of translation are linked to the empowerment and agency of the translator. Revamped ideological frameworks for translation, new paradigms for the translation of culture, and new ways of incorporating contemporary views of meaning into translation follow from the expanded conceptualization of translation, and they serve as a platform for empowering translators and promoting activist translation practices.
Addressed to translation theorists, teachers, and practising translators alike, this latest contribution from one of the leading theorists in the field sets new directions for translation studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 11th December 2007.
Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Jorge DIAZ CINTAS, Aline REMAEL
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1900650-95-3 / 1-900650-95-9 (pbk)
Price and ordering information: £ 22.50 (including DVD)
Publication blurb: Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling is an introductory textbook which provides a solid overview of the world of subtitling. Based on sound research and first-hand experience in the field, the book focuses on generally accepted practice but identifies current points of contention, takes regional and medium-bound variants into consideration, and traces new developments that may have an influence on the evolution of the profession. The individual chapters cover the rules of good subtitling practice, the linguistic and semiotic dimensions of subtitling, the professional environment, technical considerations, and key concepts and conventions, providing access to the core skills and knowledge needed to subtitle for television, cinema and DVD. Also included are graded exercises covering core skills.
Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling can be used by teachers and students as a coursebook for the classroom or for self-learning. It is also aimed at translators and other language professionals wishing to expand their sphere of activity.
Highlight: While the working language of the book is English, an accompanying DVD contains sample film material in Dutch, English, French, Italian and Spanish, as well as a range of dialogue lists and a key to some of the exercises. The DVD also includes WinCAPS (http://www.sysmedia.com), SysMedia’s professional subtitling preparation software package, used for broadcast television around the world and for many of the latest multinational DVD releases of major Hollywood projects.
Author/Editor: Jorge DIAZ CINTAS, Aline REMAEL
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1900650-95-3 / 1-900650-95-9 (pbk)
Price and ordering information: £ 22.50 (including DVD)
Publication blurb: Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling is an introductory textbook which provides a solid overview of the world of subtitling. Based on sound research and first-hand experience in the field, the book focuses on generally accepted practice but identifies current points of contention, takes regional and medium-bound variants into consideration, and traces new developments that may have an influence on the evolution of the profession. The individual chapters cover the rules of good subtitling practice, the linguistic and semiotic dimensions of subtitling, the professional environment, technical considerations, and key concepts and conventions, providing access to the core skills and knowledge needed to subtitle for television, cinema and DVD. Also included are graded exercises covering core skills.
Audiovisual Translation: Subtitling can be used by teachers and students as a coursebook for the classroom or for self-learning. It is also aimed at translators and other language professionals wishing to expand their sphere of activity.
Highlight: While the working language of the book is English, an accompanying DVD contains sample film material in Dutch, English, French, Italian and Spanish, as well as a range of dialogue lists and a key to some of the exercises. The DVD also includes WinCAPS (http://www.sysmedia.com), SysMedia’s professional subtitling preparation software package, used for broadcast television around the world and for many of the latest multinational DVD releases of major Hollywood projects.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 30th November 2007.
Translation and Ideology. Encounters and Clashes (The Translator, 13:2 2007)
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Sonia CUNICO, Jeremy MUNDAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-1-905763-00-9
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=504&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1&msg=&finds=0&string
Publication blurb: Ideology has become increasingly central to work in translation studies. To date, however, most studies have focused on literary and religious texts, thus limiting wider understanding of how ideological clashes and encounters pervade any context where power inequalities are present. This special edition of The Translator deliberately focuses on ideology in the translation of a rich variety of lesser-studied genres, namely academic writing, cultural journals, legal and scientific texts, political interviews, advertisements, language policy and European Parliament discourse, in all of which translation as a social practice can be seen to shape, maintain and at times also resist and challenge the asymmetrical nature of exchanges between parties engaged in or subjected to hegemonic practices.
The volume opens with two ground-breaking papers that investigate the nature and representation of truth and knowledge in the translation of the sciences, followed by two contributions which approach the issue of shifts in the translation of ideology from the standpoint of critical linguistics and critical discourse analysis, using data from political speeches and interviews and from English and Korean versions of Newsweek. Other contributions discuss the role that translation scholars can play in raising public awareness of the manipulative devices used in advertising; the way in which potentially competing institutional and individual ideologies are negotiated in the context of interpreting in the European Union; the role translation plays in shaping the politics of a multilingual nation state, with reference to Belgium; and the extent to which the concepts of norms and polysystems may be productive in investigating the link between translation and ideology, with reference to Chinese data.
Author/Editor: Sonia CUNICO, Jeremy MUNDAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-1-905763-00-9
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=504&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1&msg=&finds=0&string
Publication blurb: Ideology has become increasingly central to work in translation studies. To date, however, most studies have focused on literary and religious texts, thus limiting wider understanding of how ideological clashes and encounters pervade any context where power inequalities are present. This special edition of The Translator deliberately focuses on ideology in the translation of a rich variety of lesser-studied genres, namely academic writing, cultural journals, legal and scientific texts, political interviews, advertisements, language policy and European Parliament discourse, in all of which translation as a social practice can be seen to shape, maintain and at times also resist and challenge the asymmetrical nature of exchanges between parties engaged in or subjected to hegemonic practices.
The volume opens with two ground-breaking papers that investigate the nature and representation of truth and knowledge in the translation of the sciences, followed by two contributions which approach the issue of shifts in the translation of ideology from the standpoint of critical linguistics and critical discourse analysis, using data from political speeches and interviews and from English and Korean versions of Newsweek. Other contributions discuss the role that translation scholars can play in raising public awareness of the manipulative devices used in advertising; the way in which potentially competing institutional and individual ideologies are negotiated in the context of interpreting in the European Union; the role translation plays in shaping the politics of a multilingual nation state, with reference to Belgium; and the extent to which the concepts of norms and polysystems may be productive in investigating the link between translation and ideology, with reference to Chinese data.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 12th November 2007.
Constructing a Sociology of Translation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Michaela WOLF, Alexandra FUKARI
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: EUR 105 / USD 142,00
Publication blurb: The view of translation as a socially regulated activity has opened up a broad field of research in the last few years. This volume deals with central questions of the new domain and aims to contribute to the conceptualisation of a general sociology of translation. Interdisciplinary in approach, it discusses the role of major representatives of sociology like Pierre Bourdieu, Bruno Latour, Bernard Lahire, Anthony Giddens or Niklas Luhmann in establishing a theoretical framework for a sociology of translation.
Drawing on methodologies from sociology and integrating them into translation studies, the book questions some of the established categories in this discipline and calls for a redefinition of long-assumed principles. The contributions show the social involvement of translation in various fields and focus especially on the translator’s position in an emerging sociology of translation, Bourdieu’s
influence in conceptualising this new sub-discipline, methodological questions and a sociologically oriented meta-discussion of translation studies.
Author/Editor: Michaela WOLF, Alexandra FUKARI
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: EUR 105 / USD 142,00
Publication blurb: The view of translation as a socially regulated activity has opened up a broad field of research in the last few years. This volume deals with central questions of the new domain and aims to contribute to the conceptualisation of a general sociology of translation. Interdisciplinary in approach, it discusses the role of major representatives of sociology like Pierre Bourdieu, Bruno Latour, Bernard Lahire, Anthony Giddens or Niklas Luhmann in establishing a theoretical framework for a sociology of translation.
Drawing on methodologies from sociology and integrating them into translation studies, the book questions some of the established categories in this discipline and calls for a redefinition of long-assumed principles. The contributions show the social involvement of translation in various fields and focus especially on the translator’s position in an emerging sociology of translation, Bourdieu’s
influence in conceptualising this new sub-discipline, methodological questions and a sociologically oriented meta-discussion of translation studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 3rd November 2007.
Die Wissenschaft und ihre Sprachen
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Konrad EHLICH, Dorothee HELLER
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vLang=E&vSiteID=4&vSiteName=BookDetail%2Ecfm&VID=11272
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN-13 : 9783039112722
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Die Beiträge dieses Bandes zur Wissenschaftskommunikation behandeln - mit unterschiedlichen Methoden und Schwerpunktsetzungen - sowohl die einzelsprachliche Verfasstheit wissenschaftlicher Kommunikation als auch Perspektiven der Mehrsprachigkeit für das Betreiben von Wissenschaft. Die Untersuchungen basieren auf empirischen Beobachtungen zu sprachspezifischen Merkmalen und Konventionen wissenschaftlichen Schreibens, erörtern Probleme der Begrifflichkeit und der Übersetzung und behandeln die Frage der Sprachenwahl in bestimmten Fachbereichen. Ein Schwerpunkt des Bandes liegt beim Erwerb wissenschaftssprachlicher Kompetenz in der akademischen Ausbildung - auch aus der Sicht des Nicht- Muttersprachlers. Diesem Thema, das im Zuge der Internationalisierung des Hochschulbetriebs für die (Fremd-)Sprachdidaktik zunehmend relevant wird, bringt die Wissenschaftsprachforschung in jüngerer Zeit erhöhte Aufmerksamkeit entgegen. Die meisten Beiträge wurden beim 15. Europäischen Fachsprachensymposium (New Trends in Specialized Discourse, Universität Bergamo, 29. August - 2.September 2005) präsentiert; darüber hinaus konnten weitere Beiträge im Bereich der Wissenschaftskommunikationsanalyse für den Band gewonnen werden.
Author/Editor: Konrad EHLICH, Dorothee HELLER
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vLang=E&vSiteID=4&vSiteName=BookDetail%2Ecfm&VID=11272
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN-13 : 9783039112722
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Die Beiträge dieses Bandes zur Wissenschaftskommunikation behandeln - mit unterschiedlichen Methoden und Schwerpunktsetzungen - sowohl die einzelsprachliche Verfasstheit wissenschaftlicher Kommunikation als auch Perspektiven der Mehrsprachigkeit für das Betreiben von Wissenschaft. Die Untersuchungen basieren auf empirischen Beobachtungen zu sprachspezifischen Merkmalen und Konventionen wissenschaftlichen Schreibens, erörtern Probleme der Begrifflichkeit und der Übersetzung und behandeln die Frage der Sprachenwahl in bestimmten Fachbereichen. Ein Schwerpunkt des Bandes liegt beim Erwerb wissenschaftssprachlicher Kompetenz in der akademischen Ausbildung - auch aus der Sicht des Nicht- Muttersprachlers. Diesem Thema, das im Zuge der Internationalisierung des Hochschulbetriebs für die (Fremd-)Sprachdidaktik zunehmend relevant wird, bringt die Wissenschaftsprachforschung in jüngerer Zeit erhöhte Aufmerksamkeit entgegen. Die meisten Beiträge wurden beim 15. Europäischen Fachsprachensymposium (New Trends in Specialized Discourse, Universität Bergamo, 29. August - 2.September 2005) präsentiert; darüber hinaus konnten weitere Beiträge im Bereich der Wissenschaftskommunikationsanalyse für den Band gewonnen werden.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 2nd November 2007.
A Companion to Translation Studies
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Piotr KUHIWCZAK, Karin LITTAU
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9781853599576
Price and ordering information: U.K. £ 42.95
U.S. $ 84.95
Publication blurb: A Companion to Translation Studies is the first work of its kind. It provides an authoritative guide to key approaches in translation studies. All of the essays are specially commissioned for this collection, and written by leading international experts in the field. The book is divided into nine specialist areas: culture, philosophy, linguistics, history, literary, gender, theatre and opera, screen, and politics. Contributors include Susan Bassnett, Gunilla Anderman and Christina Schäffner. Each chapter gives an in-depth account of theoretical concepts, issues and debates which define a field within translation studies, mapping out past trends and suggesting how research might develop in the future. In their general introduction the editors illustrate how translation studies has developed as a broad interdisciplinary field. Accompanied by an extensive bibliography, this book provides an ideal entry point for students and scholars exploring the multifaceted and fast-developing discipline of translation studies.
Author/Editor: Piotr KUHIWCZAK, Karin LITTAU
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9781853599576
Price and ordering information: U.K. £ 42.95
U.S. $ 84.95
Publication blurb: A Companion to Translation Studies is the first work of its kind. It provides an authoritative guide to key approaches in translation studies. All of the essays are specially commissioned for this collection, and written by leading international experts in the field. The book is divided into nine specialist areas: culture, philosophy, linguistics, history, literary, gender, theatre and opera, screen, and politics. Contributors include Susan Bassnett, Gunilla Anderman and Christina Schäffner. Each chapter gives an in-depth account of theoretical concepts, issues and debates which define a field within translation studies, mapping out past trends and suggesting how research might develop in the future. In their general introduction the editors illustrate how translation studies has developed as a broad interdisciplinary field. Accompanied by an extensive bibliography, this book provides an ideal entry point for students and scholars exploring the multifaceted and fast-developing discipline of translation studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 2nd November 2007.
Gender and Ideology in Translation: Do Women and Men Translate Differently?
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Vanessa LEONARDI
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vLang=E&vSiteID=4&vSiteName=BookDetail%2Ecfm&VID=11152
ISBN/ISSN: 9783039111527
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: The aim of this book is to analyse and evaluate the problems that may arise from ideology-driven shifts in the translation process as a result of gender differences. The issue of ideology is linked to that of language and power and this link legitimates a linguistic analysis. Recent research in the field of sociolinguistics and related fields has shown that women and men speak differently. The hypothesis in this book is that if they speak differently, then they are also likely to translate differently and possibly for the same ideological reasons.
The book is divided into two parts. Part I offers a theoretical background, draws up an analytic checklist of linguistic tools to be employed in the comparative analyses, and states the main hypothesis of this investigation. In Part II four empirical analyses are carried out in order to test this hypothesis within the methodological framework set out in Part I. This book seeks to show how the contrastive analysis of translations from Italian into English is carried out within the framework of the discipline of translation and comparative studies. Contents:
The relationship between ideology, gender, and translation - The role of equivalence and linguistics in the comparison of translations: an introduction to the analytical methodology - A methodology for comparing source text (ST) and target text (TT) - Presentation of STs and TTs: authors, translators, text types, socio-historical periods, cultural and political information - Dacia Maraini translated by Stuart Hood - Dacia Maraini translated by Frances Frenaye - Pier Paolo Pasolini translated by Stuart Hood - Carlo Levi translated by Frances Frenaye.
Author/Editor: Vanessa LEONARDI
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com/Index.cfm?vLang=E&vSiteID=4&vSiteName=BookDetail%2Ecfm&VID=11152
ISBN/ISSN: 9783039111527
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: The aim of this book is to analyse and evaluate the problems that may arise from ideology-driven shifts in the translation process as a result of gender differences. The issue of ideology is linked to that of language and power and this link legitimates a linguistic analysis. Recent research in the field of sociolinguistics and related fields has shown that women and men speak differently. The hypothesis in this book is that if they speak differently, then they are also likely to translate differently and possibly for the same ideological reasons.
The book is divided into two parts. Part I offers a theoretical background, draws up an analytic checklist of linguistic tools to be employed in the comparative analyses, and states the main hypothesis of this investigation. In Part II four empirical analyses are carried out in order to test this hypothesis within the methodological framework set out in Part I. This book seeks to show how the contrastive analysis of translations from Italian into English is carried out within the framework of the discipline of translation and comparative studies. Contents:
The relationship between ideology, gender, and translation - The role of equivalence and linguistics in the comparison of translations: an introduction to the analytical methodology - A methodology for comparing source text (ST) and target text (TT) - Presentation of STs and TTs: authors, translators, text types, socio-historical periods, cultural and political information - Dacia Maraini translated by Stuart Hood - Dacia Maraini translated by Frances Frenaye - Pier Paolo Pasolini translated by Stuart Hood - Carlo Levi translated by Frances Frenaye.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 29th October 2007.
Doubts and Directions in Translation Studies
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Yves GAMBIER, Miriam SHLESINGER, Radegundis STOLZE (Eds)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9027216800
Price and ordering information:
http://www.benjamins.com/cgi-bin/t_bookview.cgi?bookid=BTL 72
Publication blurb: Like previous collections based on congresses of the European Society of Translation Studies (EST), this volume presents the latest insights and findings in an ever-changing, ever-challenging domain. The twenty-six papers, carefully chosen from about 140 presented at the 4th EST Congress, offer a bird's eye view of the most pressing concerns and most exciting vistas in Translation Studies today. The editors' final choices reflect a focus on quality of approach, originality of topic, and clarity of presentation, and aim at capturing the most salient developments in the contemporary theory, methodology and technology of TS. As always in EST, the themes covered relate to translation as well as interpreting. They include discussion of a broad range of text-types and skopoi, and a diversity of themes, such as translation universals, translation strategies, translation and ideology, perception of translated humor, translation tools, etc. Many of the papers force us to take a fresh look at seemingly well established paradigms and familiar notions, while also making recourse to work being done in other disciplines (Semiotics, Linguistics, Discourse Analysis, Contrastive Studies).
Author/Editor: Yves GAMBIER, Miriam SHLESINGER, Radegundis STOLZE (Eds)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: 9027216800
Price and ordering information:
http://www.benjamins.com/cgi-bin/t_bookview.cgi?bookid=BTL 72
Publication blurb: Like previous collections based on congresses of the European Society of Translation Studies (EST), this volume presents the latest insights and findings in an ever-changing, ever-challenging domain. The twenty-six papers, carefully chosen from about 140 presented at the 4th EST Congress, offer a bird's eye view of the most pressing concerns and most exciting vistas in Translation Studies today. The editors' final choices reflect a focus on quality of approach, originality of topic, and clarity of presentation, and aim at capturing the most salient developments in the contemporary theory, methodology and technology of TS. As always in EST, the themes covered relate to translation as well as interpreting. They include discussion of a broad range of text-types and skopoi, and a diversity of themes, such as translation universals, translation strategies, translation and ideology, perception of translated humor, translation tools, etc. Many of the papers force us to take a fresh look at seemingly well established paradigms and familiar notions, while also making recourse to work being done in other disciplines (Semiotics, Linguistics, Discourse Analysis, Contrastive Studies).
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 29th October 2007.
The Sign Language Translator and Interpreter
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Lorraine LEESON, Graham TURNER (Eds)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Literal vs. Liberal: What Is a Faithful Interpretation?, pp. 179-220
Bill Moody (Free-lance Interpreter, USA)
Fidelity to the source message, in both interpreting and translating, for both spoken language and sign language (SL) interpreters, has been at the core of our conception of the role of the translator/interpreter. This article presents a selection of research and writings on the theme of the “faithful” interpretation in an effort to bring this research to the attention of the practising interpreter. It includes brief sections on the history of conference interpreting and community interpreting, the professionalization of interpreting, models of the interpreter’s role, consumer expectations of interpreting services, expectations of working interpreters, the unique situation of SL interpreters in regard to transliteration and to educational interpreting, and the measurements applied to fidelity in interpreting. The author concludes that a faithful interpretation is ideally one that is co-constructed between the speaker and the interpreter.
The Loving Hand: Spanish Poetry in Spanish Sign Language (LSE), pp. 221-250
Ángel Herrero and Rubén Nogueira (University of Alicante, Spain)
Ancient grammars took on the hermeneutic task of explaining sample texts from the poetic register in the academic register, whether this was poetry written in their own language or in another, resulting in the establishment of poetry as a ‘language of culture’. The ‘poetic function’ (Jakobson 1960) evolved from this approach to analysis of poetic texts in translation. In addition to the effect on phonological, morphological and syntactic relationships, it also affects the pragmatics of poetic texts, which must be interpreted in order to ensure transfer of poetic significance cross-linguistically. When undertaking the translation of some of the most significant Spanish poetry to LSE, the aim was to transpose these texts while remaining faithful to the following three concepts: (1) the original meaning in Spanish, (2) LSE grammar, and (3) the spontaneous poetic sentiment of the native signers. The results show that poetic meaning becomes more transparent in translation in a signed language and that LSE boasts a poetic dimension that is linguistic in nature.
Of Pride and Prejudice: The Divide between Subtitling and Sign Language Interpreting on Television, pp. 251-274
Josélia Neves (Instituto Politécnico de Leiria, Portugal)
It is no longer questionable whether d/Deaf and hard-of-hearing viewers should be offered accessibility services on television. This matter has been widely discussed at a European level and most countries have taken legislative action, while television broadcasters have implemented different solutions – mainly closed captioning/teletext subtitling and sign language interpreting – to make their programmes accessible to people with hearing impairment. It is common to find d/Deaf and hard-of-hearing viewers complaining about what they are offered on television. It is also common to hear that television providers are doing their best to make their services available to all. There is still another group of voices turning down or singing the praise of one or the other solution, for a number of reasons which range from technical and aesthetic issues to political and social motivation. This paper examines the advantages and drawbacks of using subtitling and/or sign language interpreting on television while trying to establish why both are much loved or much hated accessibility solutions.
Mind the Gap! A Skills Analysis of Sign Language Interpreters, pp. 275-299
Karen Bontempo and Jemina Napier (Macquarie University, Australia)
This article presents the findings of a survey of sign language interpreters’ perceptions of the skills, knowledge and abilities required for effective practice. Specifically, practitioners were asked to rate the degree of importance of some of the identified key skills, knowledge and abilities for professional practice based on the literature, and then rate their own degree of competence as a practitioner on the same parameters. Furthermore, interpreters supplied an overall rating of competence, based on their perception of their own performance as a practitioner. A skills gap analysis was conducted to determine the significant differences between ratings of importance and ratings of competence on each of the skills, knowledge and abilities documented. This yielded information with regard to the most critical skills, knowledge and abilities perceived by sign language interpreters, and clearly identified gaps in competence among practitioners. Interpreter accreditation level emerged as a significant dimension in the context of self-reported level of competence and skill for sign language interpreters. Such findings have important implications for the education and training of sign language interpreters, and repercussions for ongoing professional development and self-monitoring by practitioners.
Author/Editor: Lorraine LEESON, Graham TURNER (Eds)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Literal vs. Liberal: What Is a Faithful Interpretation?, pp. 179-220
Bill Moody (Free-lance Interpreter, USA)
Fidelity to the source message, in both interpreting and translating, for both spoken language and sign language (SL) interpreters, has been at the core of our conception of the role of the translator/interpreter. This article presents a selection of research and writings on the theme of the “faithful” interpretation in an effort to bring this research to the attention of the practising interpreter. It includes brief sections on the history of conference interpreting and community interpreting, the professionalization of interpreting, models of the interpreter’s role, consumer expectations of interpreting services, expectations of working interpreters, the unique situation of SL interpreters in regard to transliteration and to educational interpreting, and the measurements applied to fidelity in interpreting. The author concludes that a faithful interpretation is ideally one that is co-constructed between the speaker and the interpreter.
The Loving Hand: Spanish Poetry in Spanish Sign Language (LSE), pp. 221-250
Ángel Herrero and Rubén Nogueira (University of Alicante, Spain)
Ancient grammars took on the hermeneutic task of explaining sample texts from the poetic register in the academic register, whether this was poetry written in their own language or in another, resulting in the establishment of poetry as a ‘language of culture’. The ‘poetic function’ (Jakobson 1960) evolved from this approach to analysis of poetic texts in translation. In addition to the effect on phonological, morphological and syntactic relationships, it also affects the pragmatics of poetic texts, which must be interpreted in order to ensure transfer of poetic significance cross-linguistically. When undertaking the translation of some of the most significant Spanish poetry to LSE, the aim was to transpose these texts while remaining faithful to the following three concepts: (1) the original meaning in Spanish, (2) LSE grammar, and (3) the spontaneous poetic sentiment of the native signers. The results show that poetic meaning becomes more transparent in translation in a signed language and that LSE boasts a poetic dimension that is linguistic in nature.
Of Pride and Prejudice: The Divide between Subtitling and Sign Language Interpreting on Television, pp. 251-274
Josélia Neves (Instituto Politécnico de Leiria, Portugal)
It is no longer questionable whether d/Deaf and hard-of-hearing viewers should be offered accessibility services on television. This matter has been widely discussed at a European level and most countries have taken legislative action, while television broadcasters have implemented different solutions – mainly closed captioning/teletext subtitling and sign language interpreting – to make their programmes accessible to people with hearing impairment. It is common to find d/Deaf and hard-of-hearing viewers complaining about what they are offered on television. It is also common to hear that television providers are doing their best to make their services available to all. There is still another group of voices turning down or singing the praise of one or the other solution, for a number of reasons which range from technical and aesthetic issues to political and social motivation. This paper examines the advantages and drawbacks of using subtitling and/or sign language interpreting on television while trying to establish why both are much loved or much hated accessibility solutions.
Mind the Gap! A Skills Analysis of Sign Language Interpreters, pp. 275-299
Karen Bontempo and Jemina Napier (Macquarie University, Australia)
This article presents the findings of a survey of sign language interpreters’ perceptions of the skills, knowledge and abilities required for effective practice. Specifically, practitioners were asked to rate the degree of importance of some of the identified key skills, knowledge and abilities for professional practice based on the literature, and then rate their own degree of competence as a practitioner on the same parameters. Furthermore, interpreters supplied an overall rating of competence, based on their perception of their own performance as a practitioner. A skills gap analysis was conducted to determine the significant differences between ratings of importance and ratings of competence on each of the skills, knowledge and abilities documented. This yielded information with regard to the most critical skills, knowledge and abilities perceived by sign language interpreters, and clearly identified gaps in competence among practitioners. Interpreter accreditation level emerged as a significant dimension in the context of self-reported level of competence and skill for sign language interpreters. Such findings have important implications for the education and training of sign language interpreters, and repercussions for ongoing professional development and self-monitoring by practitioners.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 19th October 2007.
The Conference of the Tongues
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Theo HERMANS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-05-0
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=498&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1
Publication blurb: The Conference of the Tongues offers a series of startling reflections on fundamental questions of translation. It throws new light on familiar problems and opens up some radically different avenues of thought. It engages with value conflicts in translation and the social accountability of translators, and turns the old issue of equivalence inside out. Drawing on a wealth of contemporary and historical examples, the book teases out the translator's subject-position in translations, makes notions of intertextuality and irony serviceable for translation studies, tries to think translation without transformation, and uses a controversial sociological model to cast a cold eye on the entire world of translating.
This is a highly interdisciplinary study that remains aware of the importance of theoretical paradigms as it brings concepts from international law, social systems theory and even theology to bear on translation. Self-reference is a recurrent theme. The book invites us to read translations for what they can tell us about translating and about translators' own perceptions of their role. The argument throughout is for more self-reflexive translation studies.
Author/Editor: Theo HERMANS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-05-0
Price and ordering information: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/page.php?id=498&doctype=StJBooks§ion=1
Publication blurb: The Conference of the Tongues offers a series of startling reflections on fundamental questions of translation. It throws new light on familiar problems and opens up some radically different avenues of thought. It engages with value conflicts in translation and the social accountability of translators, and turns the old issue of equivalence inside out. Drawing on a wealth of contemporary and historical examples, the book teases out the translator's subject-position in translations, makes notions of intertextuality and irony serviceable for translation studies, tries to think translation without transformation, and uses a controversial sociological model to cast a cold eye on the entire world of translating.
This is a highly interdisciplinary study that remains aware of the importance of theoretical paradigms as it brings concepts from international law, social systems theory and even theology to bear on translation. Self-reference is a recurrent theme. The book invites us to read translations for what they can tell us about translating and about translators' own perceptions of their role. The argument throughout is for more self-reflexive translation studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 11th October 2007.
Medical Translation Step by Step. Learning by Drafting
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Vicent MONTALT and María GONZALEZ DAVIES
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-83-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Statistics on the translation market consistently identify medicine as a major thematic area as far as volume of translation is concerned. Vicent Montalt and María González Davies, both experienced translator trainers at Spanish universities, explain the basics of medical translation and ways of teaching and learning how to translate medical texts.
Medical Translation Step by Step provides a pedagogical approach to medical translation based on learner and learning-centred teaching tasks, revolving around interaction: pair and group work to carry out the tasks and exercises to practice the points covered. These include work on declarative and operative knowledge of both translation and medical texts and favour an approach that takes into account both the process and product of translations. Starting from a broad communication framework, the book follows a top-down approach to medical translation: communication → genres → texts → terms and other units of specialized knowledge. It is positively focused in that it does not insist on error analysis, but rather on ways of writing good translations and empowering both students and teachers.
The text can be used as a course book for students in face-to-face learning, but also in distance and mixed learning situations. It will also be useful for teachers as a resource book, or a core book to be complemented with other materials.
Author/Editor: Vicent MONTALT and María GONZALEZ DAVIES
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-83-5
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Statistics on the translation market consistently identify medicine as a major thematic area as far as volume of translation is concerned. Vicent Montalt and María González Davies, both experienced translator trainers at Spanish universities, explain the basics of medical translation and ways of teaching and learning how to translate medical texts.
Medical Translation Step by Step provides a pedagogical approach to medical translation based on learner and learning-centred teaching tasks, revolving around interaction: pair and group work to carry out the tasks and exercises to practice the points covered. These include work on declarative and operative knowledge of both translation and medical texts and favour an approach that takes into account both the process and product of translations. Starting from a broad communication framework, the book follows a top-down approach to medical translation: communication → genres → texts → terms and other units of specialized knowledge. It is positively focused in that it does not insist on error analysis, but rather on ways of writing good translations and empowering both students and teachers.
The text can be used as a course book for students in face-to-face learning, but also in distance and mixed learning situations. It will also be useful for teachers as a resource book, or a core book to be complemented with other materials.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 5th October 2007.
Translating Style. A Literary Approach to Translation, a Translation Approach to Literature
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Tim PARKS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher:
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-04-7
Price and ordering information: £ 22.50
Publication blurb: Arising from a dissatisfaction with blandly general or abstrusely theoretical approaches to translation, this book sets out to show, through detailed and lively analysis, what it really means to translate literary style. Combining linguistic and lit crit approaches, it proceeds through a series of interconnected chapters to analyse translations of the works of D.H. Lawrence, Virginia Woolf, James Joyce, Samuel Beckett, Henry Green and Barbara Pym. Each chapter thus becomes an illuminating critical essay on the author concerned, showing how divergences between original and translation tend to be of a different kind for each author depending on the nature of his or her inspiration.
This new and thoroughly revised edition introduces a system of ‘back translation’ that now makes Tim Parks’ highly-praised book reader friendly even for those with little or no Italian. An entirely new final chapter considers the profound effects that globalization and the search for an immediate international readership is having on both literary translation and literature itself.
Author/Editor: Tim PARKS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher:
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-905763-04-7
Price and ordering information: £ 22.50
Publication blurb: Arising from a dissatisfaction with blandly general or abstrusely theoretical approaches to translation, this book sets out to show, through detailed and lively analysis, what it really means to translate literary style. Combining linguistic and lit crit approaches, it proceeds through a series of interconnected chapters to analyse translations of the works of D.H. Lawrence, Virginia Woolf, James Joyce, Samuel Beckett, Henry Green and Barbara Pym. Each chapter thus becomes an illuminating critical essay on the author concerned, showing how divergences between original and translation tend to be of a different kind for each author depending on the nature of his or her inspiration.
This new and thoroughly revised edition introduces a system of ‘back translation’ that now makes Tim Parks’ highly-praised book reader friendly even for those with little or no Italian. An entirely new final chapter considers the profound effects that globalization and the search for an immediate international readership is having on both literary translation and literature itself.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 28th September 2007.
The Interpreter and Translator Trainer
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Dorothy KELLY and Catherine WAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Competence-based Curriculum Design for Training Translators, pp 163-195
Amparo Hurtado Albir (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain)
This article situates the concept of translation competence and its acquisition in the context of recent competence-based approaches to teaching and learning in general in higher eductaion. It begins with the challenges posed by present-day curricula, the reform of university systems and corresponding changes in teaching requirements, in particular with reference to the European Higher Education Area. It then outlines the basic concepts of competence-based training, following Lasnier (2000), and proceeds to apply the concept specifically to translator training, building on the holistic and dynamic models of translation competence developed by the PACTE research group over recent years. The teaching and learning approach adopted is a translation task-based approach, organized in teaching units. Issues such as the establishment of objectives, task design, sequencing and assessment are all addressed. Finally, the entire approach is illustrated with a practical example. The course module chosen as an illustration is an introductory module to translation into students' A language or mother tongue, structured around six categories of competences, each with their own teaching and learning objectives and curricular content.
Learning Creative Writing by Translating Witty Ads, pp 197-222
Sara Laviosa (Università di Bari, Italy)
The aim of this paper is to present a student-centred methodology for teaching creative writing, which involves the presentation, examination, translation and writing of wordplay in English and Italian advertisements. The approach, design and procedures of the proposed method, as defined by Jack C. Richards and Theodore S. Rodgers (1986:28), draw on the insights of Paolo Balboni (1998), Sonia Colina (2002) and Maria González Davies (2004, 2005). After outlining the main theoretical underpinning of this study, the main features of the design and procedures implemented in the teaching of a four-credit module on inter-cultural mediation at undergraduate level are illustrated. Cross-linguistic analyses of a sample set of material consisting of English and Italian humorous ads, together with the production of original puns in the two languages and translations into and out of English, demonstrate the importance of the interaction between language and culture in creative copywriting and ad translation.
Using Systemic Functional Text Analysis for Translator Education: An Illustration with a Focus on Textual Meaning, pp 223-246
Mira Kim (Macquarie University, Australia)
This paper presents text analysis based on systemic functional linguistic (SFL) theory as a pedagogical tool for the teaching of translation. It is part of a follow-up study of the author's initial attempt to use text analysis to explain translation errors and issues found in students' translations in relation to meanings and categorize them into different kinds of meaning, namely experiential, logical, interpersonal and textual (Kim 2003 & forthcoming). In this paper, particular attention is paid to textual meaning, which has not been rigorously researched in translation studies (Baker 1992, House 1977/1997), by analyzing Themes in a set of texts, these being an English source text, two Korean texts translated by students, and a comparable text. Following the analysis, pedagogical effects of SFL-based text analysis are discussed, referring to students' learning journals as well as the results of a survey on students' experiences of applying the tool in learning translation. The quantitative data demonstrates that in general the students' experiences were positive. The qualitative data reveals the specific benefits and difficulties that they experienced.
Interpreting Quality as Perceived by Trainee Interpreters: Self-evaluation, pp 247-267
Magdalena Bartłomiejczyk (University of Silesia, Poland)
This paper discusses quality assessment of the performance of both professional and student interpreters working in various contexts, using a wide range of methods. It then focuses on self-evaluation by trainee simultaneous interpreters as examined in two empirical studies. The first project applied retrospective verbal protocols to investigate interpreting strategies used by 36 advanced student interpreters working in both directions between Polish (A) and English (B). The results concerning self-evaluation, which are presented here, were a by-product of this first study, but they gave rise to questions that are further explored in the second project. Eighteen subjects at the same stage of training were asked to interpret a text from English into Polish and to evaluate their performance, linking it to the strategic processing they had applied. The results suggest a significant trend towards negative assessment, combined with most attention being devoted to faithfulness to the original message and to completeness. Issues of presentation (including monotonous intonation, hesitant voice and long pauses), on the other hand, were hardly ever mentioned.
THE FEATURES SECTION (edited by Luis Pérez González)
The Impact of Information and Communication Technology on Interpreter Training: State-of-the-art and Future Prospects, pp 269-303
Annalisa Sandrelli and Jesús de Manuel Jerez (Università di Bologna, Italy and Universidad de Granada, Spain)
CAIT (Computer Assisted Interpreter Training) is a relatively new field of interpreting studies which began to develop in the mid 1990s. The impetus behind CAIT is an attempt to exploit the multimedia capabilities of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) to enhance the teaching and learning of interpreting in various ways. The present feature article offers an overview of the three major approaches that have been developed within CAIT over its ten-year history. Integrative CAIT relies on digital speech banks or repositories to provide students with suitable materials for classroom use or self-study, with computers playing the twofold role of tutor and stimulus. Intelligent CAIT has flourished on the back of new dedicated authoring programs which enable interpreter trainers to easily create various types of exercises and provide trainees with tools to optimize the use of the available resources; in an environment where the computer plays the role of tool, intelligent CAIT applications incorporate new utilities to increase interaction between computer and users and to situate learning in more realistic contexts. The third approach, based on Virtual Learning Environments, seeks to exploit the opportunities offered by computer-mediated communication tools and make the teaching and learning of interpreting more immersive by applying aspects of simulation technology available in computer games. As the overview progresses, the reader is introduced to a number of state-of-the-art CAIT programs and applications.
BOOK REVIEWS (Review Editor: John Kearns)
Sara Laviosa: Linking Wor(l)ds: Lexis and Grammar for Translation (Dominic Stewart, Italy)
David B. Sawyer: Fundamental Aspects of Interpreter Education Curriculum and Assessment (Alessandro Zannirato, USA)
Dorothy Kelly: A Handbook for Translator Trainers: A Guide to Reflective Practice (Maria González Davies, Spain)
Malcolm Williams: Translation Quality Assessment: An Argumentation-Centred Approach (Lucie Brione, UK)
Lynne Bowker: Computer-aided Translation Technology: A Practical Introduction (Jody Byrne, UK)
THESIS ABSTRACTS
Interpretation: Types of Communicative Situations and Teaching [Interpretación: tipos de situación comunicativa y didáctica]
Agustín Darías Marrero, University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain
Magnifying Glasses Modifying Maps: Beginning the Development of Translation Competence in Basic Levels of Spanish as a Foreign Language [Colocar lupas, transcriar mapas. Iniciando o desenvolvimento da competência tradutória em nível básico de espanhol como língua estrangeira]
Heloísa Pezza Cintrão, University of São Paulo, Brazil
Genre Characteristics, Contextualization and Training Models in Public Service Interpreting. Identifying Grounds for Curricular Design [La Interpretación en los Servicios Públicos: Caracterización como género, contextualización y modelos de formación. Hacia unas bases para el diseño curricular]
María Isabel Abril Martí, University of Granada, Spain
The Translation Workshop: An Integrated Teaching Methodology for Translation Teaching at University [El Taller de Traducción: una metodología didáctica integradora para la enseñanza universitaria de la traducción]
Marcella La Rocca, University of Vic, Spain
Author/Editor: Dorothy KELLY and Catherine WAY
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Competence-based Curriculum Design for Training Translators, pp 163-195
Amparo Hurtado Albir (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain)
This article situates the concept of translation competence and its acquisition in the context of recent competence-based approaches to teaching and learning in general in higher eductaion. It begins with the challenges posed by present-day curricula, the reform of university systems and corresponding changes in teaching requirements, in particular with reference to the European Higher Education Area. It then outlines the basic concepts of competence-based training, following Lasnier (2000), and proceeds to apply the concept specifically to translator training, building on the holistic and dynamic models of translation competence developed by the PACTE research group over recent years. The teaching and learning approach adopted is a translation task-based approach, organized in teaching units. Issues such as the establishment of objectives, task design, sequencing and assessment are all addressed. Finally, the entire approach is illustrated with a practical example. The course module chosen as an illustration is an introductory module to translation into students' A language or mother tongue, structured around six categories of competences, each with their own teaching and learning objectives and curricular content.
Learning Creative Writing by Translating Witty Ads, pp 197-222
Sara Laviosa (Università di Bari, Italy)
The aim of this paper is to present a student-centred methodology for teaching creative writing, which involves the presentation, examination, translation and writing of wordplay in English and Italian advertisements. The approach, design and procedures of the proposed method, as defined by Jack C. Richards and Theodore S. Rodgers (1986:28), draw on the insights of Paolo Balboni (1998), Sonia Colina (2002) and Maria González Davies (2004, 2005). After outlining the main theoretical underpinning of this study, the main features of the design and procedures implemented in the teaching of a four-credit module on inter-cultural mediation at undergraduate level are illustrated. Cross-linguistic analyses of a sample set of material consisting of English and Italian humorous ads, together with the production of original puns in the two languages and translations into and out of English, demonstrate the importance of the interaction between language and culture in creative copywriting and ad translation.
Using Systemic Functional Text Analysis for Translator Education: An Illustration with a Focus on Textual Meaning, pp 223-246
Mira Kim (Macquarie University, Australia)
This paper presents text analysis based on systemic functional linguistic (SFL) theory as a pedagogical tool for the teaching of translation. It is part of a follow-up study of the author's initial attempt to use text analysis to explain translation errors and issues found in students' translations in relation to meanings and categorize them into different kinds of meaning, namely experiential, logical, interpersonal and textual (Kim 2003 & forthcoming). In this paper, particular attention is paid to textual meaning, which has not been rigorously researched in translation studies (Baker 1992, House 1977/1997), by analyzing Themes in a set of texts, these being an English source text, two Korean texts translated by students, and a comparable text. Following the analysis, pedagogical effects of SFL-based text analysis are discussed, referring to students' learning journals as well as the results of a survey on students' experiences of applying the tool in learning translation. The quantitative data demonstrates that in general the students' experiences were positive. The qualitative data reveals the specific benefits and difficulties that they experienced.
Interpreting Quality as Perceived by Trainee Interpreters: Self-evaluation, pp 247-267
Magdalena Bartłomiejczyk (University of Silesia, Poland)
This paper discusses quality assessment of the performance of both professional and student interpreters working in various contexts, using a wide range of methods. It then focuses on self-evaluation by trainee simultaneous interpreters as examined in two empirical studies. The first project applied retrospective verbal protocols to investigate interpreting strategies used by 36 advanced student interpreters working in both directions between Polish (A) and English (B). The results concerning self-evaluation, which are presented here, were a by-product of this first study, but they gave rise to questions that are further explored in the second project. Eighteen subjects at the same stage of training were asked to interpret a text from English into Polish and to evaluate their performance, linking it to the strategic processing they had applied. The results suggest a significant trend towards negative assessment, combined with most attention being devoted to faithfulness to the original message and to completeness. Issues of presentation (including monotonous intonation, hesitant voice and long pauses), on the other hand, were hardly ever mentioned.
THE FEATURES SECTION (edited by Luis Pérez González)
The Impact of Information and Communication Technology on Interpreter Training: State-of-the-art and Future Prospects, pp 269-303
Annalisa Sandrelli and Jesús de Manuel Jerez (Università di Bologna, Italy and Universidad de Granada, Spain)
CAIT (Computer Assisted Interpreter Training) is a relatively new field of interpreting studies which began to develop in the mid 1990s. The impetus behind CAIT is an attempt to exploit the multimedia capabilities of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) to enhance the teaching and learning of interpreting in various ways. The present feature article offers an overview of the three major approaches that have been developed within CAIT over its ten-year history. Integrative CAIT relies on digital speech banks or repositories to provide students with suitable materials for classroom use or self-study, with computers playing the twofold role of tutor and stimulus. Intelligent CAIT has flourished on the back of new dedicated authoring programs which enable interpreter trainers to easily create various types of exercises and provide trainees with tools to optimize the use of the available resources; in an environment where the computer plays the role of tool, intelligent CAIT applications incorporate new utilities to increase interaction between computer and users and to situate learning in more realistic contexts. The third approach, based on Virtual Learning Environments, seeks to exploit the opportunities offered by computer-mediated communication tools and make the teaching and learning of interpreting more immersive by applying aspects of simulation technology available in computer games. As the overview progresses, the reader is introduced to a number of state-of-the-art CAIT programs and applications.
BOOK REVIEWS (Review Editor: John Kearns)
Sara Laviosa: Linking Wor(l)ds: Lexis and Grammar for Translation (Dominic Stewart, Italy)
David B. Sawyer: Fundamental Aspects of Interpreter Education Curriculum and Assessment (Alessandro Zannirato, USA)
Dorothy Kelly: A Handbook for Translator Trainers: A Guide to Reflective Practice (Maria González Davies, Spain)
Malcolm Williams: Translation Quality Assessment: An Argumentation-Centred Approach (Lucie Brione, UK)
Lynne Bowker: Computer-aided Translation Technology: A Practical Introduction (Jody Byrne, UK)
THESIS ABSTRACTS
Interpretation: Types of Communicative Situations and Teaching [Interpretación: tipos de situación comunicativa y didáctica]
Agustín Darías Marrero, University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain
Magnifying Glasses Modifying Maps: Beginning the Development of Translation Competence in Basic Levels of Spanish as a Foreign Language [Colocar lupas, transcriar mapas. Iniciando o desenvolvimento da competência tradutória em nível básico de espanhol como língua estrangeira]
Heloísa Pezza Cintrão, University of São Paulo, Brazil
Genre Characteristics, Contextualization and Training Models in Public Service Interpreting. Identifying Grounds for Curricular Design [La Interpretación en los Servicios Públicos: Caracterización como género, contextualización y modelos de formación. Hacia unas bases para el diseño curricular]
María Isabel Abril Martí, University of Granada, Spain
The Translation Workshop: An Integrated Teaching Methodology for Translation Teaching at University [El Taller de Traducción: una metodología didáctica integradora para la enseñanza universitaria de la traducción]
Marcella La Rocca, University of Vic, Spain
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 1st September 2007.
Representing Others. Translation, Ethnography and the Museum
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Kate STURGE
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-905763-01-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Cultural anthropology has always been dependent on translation as a textual practice, and it has often used 'translation' as a metaphor to describe ethnography's processes of interpretation and cross-cultural comparison. Questions of intelligibility and representation are central to both translation studies and ethnographic writing - as are the dilemmas of cultural distance or proximity, exoticism or appropriation.
Similarly, recent work in museum studies discusses problems of representation that are raised by ethnographic museums as multimedia 'translations'. However, as yet there has been remarkably little
interdisciplinary exchange: neither has translation studies kept up with the sophistication of anthropology's investigations of meaning, representation and 'culture' itself, nor have anthropology and museum studies often looked to translation studies for analyses of language difference or concrete methods of tracing translation practices.
This book opens up an exciting field of study to translation scholars and suggests possible avenues of cross-disciplinary collaboration.
Author/Editor: Kate STURGE
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1-905763-01-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Cultural anthropology has always been dependent on translation as a textual practice, and it has often used 'translation' as a metaphor to describe ethnography's processes of interpretation and cross-cultural comparison. Questions of intelligibility and representation are central to both translation studies and ethnographic writing - as are the dilemmas of cultural distance or proximity, exoticism or appropriation.
Similarly, recent work in museum studies discusses problems of representation that are raised by ethnographic museums as multimedia 'translations'. However, as yet there has been remarkably little
interdisciplinary exchange: neither has translation studies kept up with the sophistication of anthropology's investigations of meaning, representation and 'culture' itself, nor have anthropology and museum studies often looked to translation studies for analyses of language difference or concrete methods of tracing translation practices.
This book opens up an exciting field of study to translation scholars and suggests possible avenues of cross-disciplinary collaboration.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 27th July 2007.
Translating Law
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Deborah CAO
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL:
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-954-9
Price and ordering information: 36,95 pounds
Publication blurb: The translation of law has played an integral part in the interaction among nations in history and is playing a greater role in our increasingly interconnected world today. The book investigates legal translation in its many facets as an intellectual pursuit and a profession. It examines legal translation from an interdisciplinary perspective, covering theoretical and practical grounds and linguistic as well as legal issues. It analyses legal translation competence and various types of legal texts including contracts, statutes and multilateral legal instruments, presents a comparative analysis of the Common Law and the Civil Law and examines the case law from Canada, Hong Kong and the European Court of Justice. It attempts to demonstrate that translating law is a complex act that can enrich law, culture and human experience as a whole.
Review:
Author/Editor: Deborah CAO
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL:
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-954-9
Price and ordering information: 36,95 pounds
Publication blurb: The translation of law has played an integral part in the interaction among nations in history and is playing a greater role in our increasingly interconnected world today. The book investigates legal translation in its many facets as an intellectual pursuit and a profession. It examines legal translation from an interdisciplinary perspective, covering theoretical and practical grounds and linguistic as well as legal issues. It analyses legal translation competence and various types of legal texts including contracts, statutes and multilateral legal instruments, presents a comparative analysis of the Common Law and the Civil Law and examines the case law from Canada, Hong Kong and the European Court of Justice. It attempts to demonstrate that translating law is a complex act that can enrich law, culture and human experience as a whole.
Review:
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 10th July 2007.
Surprised in Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Mary Ann CAWS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Publisher URL: http://www.press.uchicago.edu
ISBN/ISSN: 978-0-226-09873-9
Price and ordering information: 25,00 USD
Publication blurb: For Mary Ann Caws, noted translator of surrealist poetry, the most appealing translations are also the oddest; the unexpected, unpredictable, and unmimetic turns that translations take are an endless source of fascination and instruction. Surprised in Translation is a celebration of the occasional and fruitful peculiarity that results from some of the most flavorful translations of well-known authors. These translations, Caws avers, can energize and enliven the voice of the original.
In eight elegant chapters Caws reflects on translations that took her by surprise. Caws shows that the elimination of certain passages from the original, in the case of Stephane Mallarme translating Tennyson, Ezra Pound interpreting the troubadours, or Virginia Woolf rendered into French by Clara Malraux, Charles Mauron, and Marguerite Yourcenar, often produces a greater and more coherent art. Alternatively, some translations -such as Yves Bonnefoys translations of Shakespeare, Keats, and Yeats into French- require more lines in order to fully capture the many facets of the original. On other occasions, Caws argues, a swerve in meaning -as in Beckett translating himself into French or English- can produce a new text, just as true as the original.
Imbued with Caws's personal observations on the relationship between translators and the authors they translate, Surprised in Translation will interest a wide range of readers, including students of translation, professional literary translators, and scholars of modern and comparative literature.
Author/Editor: Mary Ann CAWS
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Publisher URL: http://www.press.uchicago.edu
ISBN/ISSN: 978-0-226-09873-9
Price and ordering information: 25,00 USD
Publication blurb: For Mary Ann Caws, noted translator of surrealist poetry, the most appealing translations are also the oddest; the unexpected, unpredictable, and unmimetic turns that translations take are an endless source of fascination and instruction. Surprised in Translation is a celebration of the occasional and fruitful peculiarity that results from some of the most flavorful translations of well-known authors. These translations, Caws avers, can energize and enliven the voice of the original.
In eight elegant chapters Caws reflects on translations that took her by surprise. Caws shows that the elimination of certain passages from the original, in the case of Stephane Mallarme translating Tennyson, Ezra Pound interpreting the troubadours, or Virginia Woolf rendered into French by Clara Malraux, Charles Mauron, and Marguerite Yourcenar, often produces a greater and more coherent art. Alternatively, some translations -such as Yves Bonnefoys translations of Shakespeare, Keats, and Yeats into French- require more lines in order to fully capture the many facets of the original. On other occasions, Caws argues, a swerve in meaning -as in Beckett translating himself into French or English- can produce a new text, just as true as the original.
Imbued with Caws's personal observations on the relationship between translators and the authors they translate, Surprised in Translation will interest a wide range of readers, including students of translation, professional literary translators, and scholars of modern and comparative literature.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 10th July 2007.
Cultural Translation in Early Modern Europe
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: P. BURKE, R. PO-CHIA HSIA
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Publisher URL: http://www.cambridge.org/catalogue
ISBN/ISSN: 13: 9780521862080
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: This groundbreaking volume gathers an international team of historians to present the practice of translation as part of cultural history. Although translation is central to the transmission of ideas, the history of translation has generally been neglected by historians, who have left it to specialists in literature and language. This book seeks to achieve an understanding of the contribution of translation to the spread of information in early modern Europe. It focuses on non-fiction: the translation of books on religion, history, politics and especially on science, or 'natural philosophy', as it was generally known at this time. The chapters cover a wide range of languages, including Latin, Greek, Russian, Turkish and Chinese. The book will appeal to scholars and students of the early modern and later periods, to historians of science and of religion, as well as to anyone interested in translation studies.
A wide-ranging and informative collection on the history of translation Օ The contributions deal with oral and manuscript translation as well as printed texts and look at various kinds of texts, from periodicals to religious works and from politics to science The chapters cover a wide range of languages, including Latin, Russian, Turkish and Chinese
Author/Editor: P. BURKE, R. PO-CHIA HSIA
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Publisher URL: http://www.cambridge.org/catalogue
ISBN/ISSN: 13: 9780521862080
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: This groundbreaking volume gathers an international team of historians to present the practice of translation as part of cultural history. Although translation is central to the transmission of ideas, the history of translation has generally been neglected by historians, who have left it to specialists in literature and language. This book seeks to achieve an understanding of the contribution of translation to the spread of information in early modern Europe. It focuses on non-fiction: the translation of books on religion, history, politics and especially on science, or 'natural philosophy', as it was generally known at this time. The chapters cover a wide range of languages, including Latin, Greek, Russian, Turkish and Chinese. The book will appeal to scholars and students of the early modern and later periods, to historians of science and of religion, as well as to anyone interested in translation studies.
A wide-ranging and informative collection on the history of translation Օ The contributions deal with oral and manuscript translation as well as printed texts and look at various kinds of texts, from periodicals to religious works and from politics to science The chapters cover a wide range of languages, including Latin, Russian, Turkish and Chinese
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 10th July 2007.
Traduction specialisee: pratiques, theories, formation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Lavault-Olleon Elisabeth
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: 48.00 euros - 33.60 pounds
Publication blurb: Contrairement ce que les progres de la traduction automatique et de la traduction assistee par ordinateur pourraient laisser croire, on n'a jamais eu autant besoin de traducteurs specialises qu'aujourd'hui. Du fait de l'evolution technologique et de la mondialisation qui multiplient et diversifient les besoins, les traducteurs specialises deviennent des specialistes en communication multilingue multimedia. A leurs competences langagieres et culturelles s'ajoutent des competences methodologiques, redactionnelles, techniques, pragmatiques et relationnelles, integrees dans le processus de gestion de l'information multilingue. Cet ouvrage fait le point avec des traducteurs et universitaires engages dans la mise en place de formations professionnelles adaptes. Sans pretendre a l'exhaustivite, les quatorze contributions reunies ici refletent la diversite et la richesse des approches theoriques les plus pertinentes et des pratiques et domaines les plus demandes, en tenant compte de l'evolution des enjeux economiques et technologiques qui conditionnent le metier de traducteur specialise aujourd'hui.
Author/Editor: Lavault-Olleon Elisabeth
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Bern: Peter Lang
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: 48.00 euros - 33.60 pounds
Publication blurb: Contrairement ce que les progres de la traduction automatique et de la traduction assistee par ordinateur pourraient laisser croire, on n'a jamais eu autant besoin de traducteurs specialises qu'aujourd'hui. Du fait de l'evolution technologique et de la mondialisation qui multiplient et diversifient les besoins, les traducteurs specialises deviennent des specialistes en communication multilingue multimedia. A leurs competences langagieres et culturelles s'ajoutent des competences methodologiques, redactionnelles, techniques, pragmatiques et relationnelles, integrees dans le processus de gestion de l'information multilingue. Cet ouvrage fait le point avec des traducteurs et universitaires engages dans la mise en place de formations professionnelles adaptes. Sans pretendre a l'exhaustivite, les quatorze contributions reunies ici refletent la diversite et la richesse des approches theoriques les plus pertinentes et des pratiques et domaines les plus demandes, en tenant compte de l'evolution des enjeux economiques et technologiques qui conditionnent le metier de traducteur specialise aujourd'hui.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 10th July 2007.
Cultural Dissemination and Translational Communities: German Drama in English Translation, 1900-1914
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Katja KREBS, University of Glamorgan
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-99-1
Price and ordering information: 22.50
Publication blurb: The early twentieth century is widely regarded as a crucial period in British theatre history: it witnessed radical reform and change with regard to textual, conceptual and institutional practices and functions. Theatre practitioners and cultural innovators such as translators Harley Granville Barker, William Archer and Jacob Thomas Grein, amongst others, laid the foundations during this period for what is now regarded to be ֖ modern British theatre.
In this groundbreaking work, Katja Krebs offers one of the first extended attempts to integrate translation history with theatre history by analyzing the relationship between translational practice and the development of domestic dramatic tradition. She examines the relationship between the multiple roles inhabited by these cultural and theatrical reformers directors, playwrights, critics, actors and translators and their positioning in a wider social and cultural context. Here, she takes into consideration the translators as members of an artistic network or community, the ideological and personal factors underlying translational choices, the contemporaneous evaluative framework within which this translational activity for the stage occurred, as well as the imprints of social and cultural traces within specific translated texts. Krebs employs the examples from this period in order to raise a series of wider issues on translating dramatic texts which are important to a variety of periods and cultures.
Cultural Dissemination and Translational Communities demonstrates that an analysis of stage-translational practices allows for an understanding of theatre history that avoids being narrowly national and instead embraces an appreciation of cultural hybridity. The importance of translational activity in the construction of a domestic dramatic tradition is demonstrated within a framework of interdisciplinarity that enhances our understanding of theatrical, translational as well as cultural and social systems at the international level.
Author/Editor: Katja KREBS, University of Glamorgan
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-99-1
Price and ordering information: 22.50
Publication blurb: The early twentieth century is widely regarded as a crucial period in British theatre history: it witnessed radical reform and change with regard to textual, conceptual and institutional practices and functions. Theatre practitioners and cultural innovators such as translators Harley Granville Barker, William Archer and Jacob Thomas Grein, amongst others, laid the foundations during this period for what is now regarded to be ֖ modern British theatre.
In this groundbreaking work, Katja Krebs offers one of the first extended attempts to integrate translation history with theatre history by analyzing the relationship between translational practice and the development of domestic dramatic tradition. She examines the relationship between the multiple roles inhabited by these cultural and theatrical reformers directors, playwrights, critics, actors and translators and their positioning in a wider social and cultural context. Here, she takes into consideration the translators as members of an artistic network or community, the ideological and personal factors underlying translational choices, the contemporaneous evaluative framework within which this translational activity for the stage occurred, as well as the imprints of social and cultural traces within specific translated texts. Krebs employs the examples from this period in order to raise a series of wider issues on translating dramatic texts which are important to a variety of periods and cultures.
Cultural Dissemination and Translational Communities demonstrates that an analysis of stage-translational practices allows for an understanding of theatre history that avoids being narrowly national and instead embraces an appreciation of cultural hybridity. The importance of translational activity in the construction of a domestic dramatic tradition is demonstrated within a framework of interdisciplinarity that enhances our understanding of theatrical, translational as well as cultural and social systems at the international level.
Posted by Ken Baker 5th June 2007.
Stylistic Approaches to Translation (Translation Theories Explained Vol. 10)
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Jean BOASE-BEIER, University of East Anglia
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-98-3
Price and ordering information: 19.50
Publication blurb: The concept of style is central to our understanding and construction of texts. But how do translators take style into account in reading the source text and in creating a target text?
This book attempts to bring some coherence to a highly interdisciplinary area of translation studies, situating different views and approaches to style within general trends in linguistics and literary criticism and assessing their place in translation studies itself. Some of the issues addressed are the link between style and meaning, the interpretation of stylistic clues in the text, the difference between literary and non-literary texts, and more practical questions about the recreation of stylistic effects. These various trends, approaches and issues are brought together in a consideration of the most recent cognitive views of style, which see it as essentially a reflection of mind.
Underlying the book is the notion that knowledge of theory can affect the way we translate. Far from being prescriptive, theories which describe what we know in a general sense can become part of what an individual translator knows, thus opening the way for greater awareness and also greater creativity in the act of translation. Throughout the discussion, the book considers how insights into the nature and importance of style might affect the actual translation of literary and non-literary texts.
Jean Boase-Beier is Senior Lecturer in the School of Literature and Creative Writing at the University of East Anglia, where she runs the MA in Literary Translation and teaches stylistics. In addition to publishing widely on style and translation, she is co-editor of The Practices of Literary Translation (1999), a translator of German poetry, and editor of Visible Poets, a series of bilingual poetry books.
Author/Editor: Jean BOASE-BEIER, University of East Anglia
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-98-3
Price and ordering information: 19.50
Publication blurb: The concept of style is central to our understanding and construction of texts. But how do translators take style into account in reading the source text and in creating a target text?
This book attempts to bring some coherence to a highly interdisciplinary area of translation studies, situating different views and approaches to style within general trends in linguistics and literary criticism and assessing their place in translation studies itself. Some of the issues addressed are the link between style and meaning, the interpretation of stylistic clues in the text, the difference between literary and non-literary texts, and more practical questions about the recreation of stylistic effects. These various trends, approaches and issues are brought together in a consideration of the most recent cognitive views of style, which see it as essentially a reflection of mind.
Underlying the book is the notion that knowledge of theory can affect the way we translate. Far from being prescriptive, theories which describe what we know in a general sense can become part of what an individual translator knows, thus opening the way for greater awareness and also greater creativity in the act of translation. Throughout the discussion, the book considers how insights into the nature and importance of style might affect the actual translation of literary and non-literary texts.
Jean Boase-Beier is Senior Lecturer in the School of Literature and Creative Writing at the University of East Anglia, where she runs the MA in Literary Translation and teaches stylistics. In addition to publishing widely on style and translation, she is co-editor of The Practices of Literary Translation (1999), a translator of German poetry, and editor of Visible Poets, a series of bilingual poetry books.
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
Bridges & Barriers: Language in African Education & Development (Encounters Vol. 8)
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Eddie WILLIAMS
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-97-5
Price and ordering information: 19.99
Publication blurb: Recent decades have seen sub-Saharan Africa decline in economic and human terms. The rich North has responded with well-publicised initiatives, from pop concerts to commitments on debt relief. However, effective education, a crucial contribution to development, receives little media coverage. This book argues that in Anglophone Africa, education is not effective because of the use of English, rather than African languages, as the medium of instruction and the language of initial literacy.
An array of evidence from Malawi and Zambia, countries with contrasting language policies, found that having English as a medium of instruction for the first years of primary schooling gives students no advantage in English over students who had an African language medium, while the dominance of English discriminates against girls and rural children. On the other hand, African language policies generate huge advantages in African reading for all children, rural or urban, female or male. However, in neither Malawi nor Zambia do children read English well enough to learn through it, as official policy intends. The book concludes that much education in Africa is a barrier ,rather than a bridge to learning, and that appropriate language policies have a positive contribution to make to African development.
Author/Editor: Eddie WILLIAMS
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-97-5
Price and ordering information: 19.99
Publication blurb: Recent decades have seen sub-Saharan Africa decline in economic and human terms. The rich North has responded with well-publicised initiatives, from pop concerts to commitments on debt relief. However, effective education, a crucial contribution to development, receives little media coverage. This book argues that in Anglophone Africa, education is not effective because of the use of English, rather than African languages, as the medium of instruction and the language of initial literacy.
An array of evidence from Malawi and Zambia, countries with contrasting language policies, found that having English as a medium of instruction for the first years of primary schooling gives students no advantage in English over students who had an African language medium, while the dominance of English discriminates against girls and rural children. On the other hand, African language policies generate huge advantages in African reading for all children, rural or urban, female or male. However, in neither Malawi nor Zambia do children read English well enough to learn through it, as official policy intends. The book concludes that much education in Africa is a barrier ,rather than a bridge to learning, and that appropriate language policies have a positive contribution to make to African development.
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
The Interpreter & Translator Trainer 1(1)
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor: Dorothy KELLY & Catherine WAY, Universidad de Granada
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1750-399X
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual Subscription: 85.00 (institution), 45.00 (individual)
Publication blurb: 'Editorial: On the Launch of ITT', pp 1-13
Kelly, Dorothy and Catherine Way (Universidad de Granada, Spain)
On the occasion of the launch of this new journal, the editors attempt to make explicit the reasons which led them to take this initiative, and to establish the objectives of the project. In attempting to answer the question of why training is important for translators and interpreters, they offer an overview of the state of the art in translator and interpreter training, reviewing the literature in broad terms and then focusing on the nature of research in the field. The authors stress that recent and ongoing research into training is carried out within quite diverse research traditions, from the most purely quantitative to the most qualitative, from the most positivist to the most interpretative or critical action research. The editorial ends with an outline of the structure of the journal (articles, reviews, features section), an overview of the contents of the current issue, and an extensive bibliography on the topic.
'Can Theory Help Translator and Interpreter Trainers and Trainees?', pp 15-35
Marianne Lederer (Universit Paris 3-Sorbonne Nouvelle (ESIT), France)
This paper starts with defining theory, translation and the type of training given in translation institutions. The trainers on whom the paper focuses are professional translators, and the trainees are advanced-level students. The question is raised as to whether trainers should also be translation scholars, and whether they should be cognizant with one or all of the various theories of translation. Several theories used in translator training are then reviewed. The paper finally discusses a number of theoretical principles (mostly based on the interpretive theory of translation, though some are common to several theories) and their implications for translator training. These principles enable trainers to explain to trainees the difference between language and discourse, and hence the reason why literal translation does not work at text level; the way understanding emerges from the merging of linguistic meanings with real world knowledge, and hence the necessity of documentary research; the way the text should be analyzed in order for trainees to internalize its sense; how trainees may detach themselves from the meanings and structures of the original in order to reformulate it idiomatically. Drawing on such principles, trainers can give their students a working methodology they are able to build up a didactic progression grounded on a rational grading of texts, and to assess the work of trainees on the basis of objective criteria.
'Economic Trends and Developments in the Translation Industry: What Relevance for Translator Training?', pp 37-63
Maeve Olohan (University of Manchester, UK)
This paper examines some of the features of the translation services sector, based on economic performance data, industry-specific surveys and developments in the formulation of international standards for translation services. A section of the paper is devoted to each of these aspects. The picture which emerges from the economic data is of a fragmented sector consisting of predominantly freelance translators on the one hand and ever-expanding international companies reaping most of the financial benefits on the other. Industry-specific surveys confirm what we learn from the economic data, and provide us with some additional information about the freelance translator֒s profile and training needs. An analysis of the new European standard for translation services brings into focus some possible future directions for translation companies and freelancers. In a final section, the paper reflects critically on the relevance of these issues for translator training, using intended learning outcomes as a means of formulating the connections between the current state of the language services industry and the professionalization element in university translator training programmes.
'A TQM Approach to Translator Training. Balancing Stakeholders Needs and Responsibilities', pp 65-77
Moustafa Gabr (Egypt and Kuwait)
This article is published as a tribute to its author, who was tragically killed in a car accident in June 2004. It is reproduced here with the kind permission of his wife, Manal Gabr.
Since the Bologna Declaration in 1999, quality has become a central theme and a pressing need in European higher education. In translator training programmes, factors such as the nature of the translation market and its requirements, the impact of accelerating and unpredictable changes in language technologies and evolving student needs have, however, constituted obstacles for the meeting and maintenance of quality requirements by university departments. To overcome these obstacles, this paper puts forward the idea that quality in translator training programmes can be maintained through adapting the principles of Total Quality Management (TQM) to the processes of programme design, development and implementation. This approach leads to the conclusion that it is imperative for translator training programmes to be developed in accordance with proper assessment of three inextricably linked needs: the needs of the market, the needs of translation departments and equally important the needs of students.
'For a New Approach to Translator Training. Questioning Some of the Concepts which Inform Current Programme Structure and Content in Spain', pp 79-95
Roberto Mayoral Asensio (Universidad de Granada, Spain)
Theoretical approaches to translation have always conditioned the structure and content of the training of translators. The lack of clarity existing in the discipline has given rise to a programme structure in Spain which is based on poorly defined concepts, and thus leads to overlap between different course units, and to inefficient approaches to training. This article identifies some current areas of overlap and, in particular, calls into question the sequencing of translation courses on the basis of the degree of specialization or the subject area of the texts used as exercises in class. The article concludes that translator training should be based on didactic criteria, and organized around problem-solving, around the translation solutions available and the strategies which allow translators to select the most suitable solution, as well as around the analysis of texts and the social situation of translation.
'Enhancing Mental Processes in Simultaneous Interpreting Training', pp 97-116
Chuta Funayama (Kobe City University of Foreign Studies, Japan)
Trainees in interpreting courses tend to be concerned more about superficial linguistic expressions than the message, or what is conveyed by those expressions. This tendency stands out particularly in the mode of simultaneous interpreting (SI). This paper discusses the way we could direct our trainees֒ attention to the mental work needed for SI, based on a model which puts concepts, not lexical forms, at the centre of its schematic description. The model applied here gives on-line tracking of the concepts built, modified, and reconstructed during SI practice, which means that any unit of source language (SL) expression should be recorded and analyzed in terms of concepts. This model provides us with a new type of instruction tool as well as more detailed insight into specific components of SL comprehension and its rendering in the target language.
The Features Section (edited by Luis Perez Gonzalez)
'Translators and Localization: Education and Training in the Context of the Global Initiative for Local Computing (GILC)', pp 119-135
Reinhard Schaler (University of Limerick, Ireland)
Over the last thirty years, Ireland has consolidated itself as the Mecca of the localization industry. Nowhere else in the world has there been a higher concentration of companies involved in the linguistic and cultural adaptation of digital content in the widest sense of the term. This article explores the connections between the entrepreneurial bloom in the computing industry, the concomitant expansion of the localization business and Irelands outstanding economic growth in recent times. It also examines how the impetus of this unprecedented industrial and economic development has been harnessed by academics, researchers and practitioners in the field. Particular emphasis is placed on the emergence and consolidation of an extensive network for localization training and certification since 1997. In the second part, the article reports on the Global Initiative for Local Computing (GILC) and its ramifications for localization training worldwide. GILC proponents aim to draw attention to the economic implications of localization activities and the risk that current mainstream localization practices may promote western cultures and languages at the expense of their economically weaker counterparts around the globe. In the final part, the author discusses a number of localization training initiatives in Brazil, India and Egypt, where the Localisation Research Centre (LRC) has already entered into partnerships with government authorities and the educational sector. Drawing on these examples, he seeks to ascertain whether the so far largely Europe-centred training model developed in Ireland manages to cater for the needs of localizers in these countries.
Book Reviews (Review Editor: John Kearns)
Andrew Gillies: Conference Interpreting: A New Students Companion / T҅umaczenie ustne. Nowy poradnik dla studentw; James Nolan: Interpretation: Techniques and Exercises (Agnieszka Chmiel, Poland)
Kirsten Malmkjr (ed.): Translation in Undergraduate Degree Programmes (Arvi Tavast, Estonia)
David Katan: Translating Cultures. An Introduction for Translators, Interpreters and Mediators (2nd revised edition) (Marion Winters, Scotland)
Martha Tennent (ed.): Training for the New Millennium. Pedagogies for Translation and Interpreting (Maria Piotrowska, Poland)
Doctoral Thesis Abstracts
'The Multilingual and Multicultural Translation Classroom: Implications for the Teaching of Translation [El aula de Traduccion multilinge y multicultural: implicaciones para la didctica de la Traduccion]'
Dimitra Tsokaktsidou, University of Granada, Spain
'Curriculum Renewal in Translator Training: Vocational Challenges in Academic Environments with Reference to Needs and Situation Analysis and Skills Transferability from the Contemporary Experience of Polish Translator Training Culture'
John Kearns, Dubln City University, Ireland
'Bringing Professional Reality into Interpreter Training Through New Technologies and Action Research [La incorporacin de la realidad profesional a la formacion de interpretes de conferencias mediante las nuevas tecnologas y la investigacion en la accion]'
Jesus de Manuel Jerez, University of Granada, Spain
Author/Editor: Dorothy KELLY & Catherine WAY, Universidad de Granada
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1750-399X
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual Subscription: 85.00 (institution), 45.00 (individual)
Publication blurb: 'Editorial: On the Launch of ITT', pp 1-13
Kelly, Dorothy and Catherine Way (Universidad de Granada, Spain)
On the occasion of the launch of this new journal, the editors attempt to make explicit the reasons which led them to take this initiative, and to establish the objectives of the project. In attempting to answer the question of why training is important for translators and interpreters, they offer an overview of the state of the art in translator and interpreter training, reviewing the literature in broad terms and then focusing on the nature of research in the field. The authors stress that recent and ongoing research into training is carried out within quite diverse research traditions, from the most purely quantitative to the most qualitative, from the most positivist to the most interpretative or critical action research. The editorial ends with an outline of the structure of the journal (articles, reviews, features section), an overview of the contents of the current issue, and an extensive bibliography on the topic.
'Can Theory Help Translator and Interpreter Trainers and Trainees?', pp 15-35
Marianne Lederer (Universit Paris 3-Sorbonne Nouvelle (ESIT), France)
This paper starts with defining theory, translation and the type of training given in translation institutions. The trainers on whom the paper focuses are professional translators, and the trainees are advanced-level students. The question is raised as to whether trainers should also be translation scholars, and whether they should be cognizant with one or all of the various theories of translation. Several theories used in translator training are then reviewed. The paper finally discusses a number of theoretical principles (mostly based on the interpretive theory of translation, though some are common to several theories) and their implications for translator training. These principles enable trainers to explain to trainees the difference between language and discourse, and hence the reason why literal translation does not work at text level; the way understanding emerges from the merging of linguistic meanings with real world knowledge, and hence the necessity of documentary research; the way the text should be analyzed in order for trainees to internalize its sense; how trainees may detach themselves from the meanings and structures of the original in order to reformulate it idiomatically. Drawing on such principles, trainers can give their students a working methodology they are able to build up a didactic progression grounded on a rational grading of texts, and to assess the work of trainees on the basis of objective criteria.
'Economic Trends and Developments in the Translation Industry: What Relevance for Translator Training?', pp 37-63
Maeve Olohan (University of Manchester, UK)
This paper examines some of the features of the translation services sector, based on economic performance data, industry-specific surveys and developments in the formulation of international standards for translation services. A section of the paper is devoted to each of these aspects. The picture which emerges from the economic data is of a fragmented sector consisting of predominantly freelance translators on the one hand and ever-expanding international companies reaping most of the financial benefits on the other. Industry-specific surveys confirm what we learn from the economic data, and provide us with some additional information about the freelance translator֒s profile and training needs. An analysis of the new European standard for translation services brings into focus some possible future directions for translation companies and freelancers. In a final section, the paper reflects critically on the relevance of these issues for translator training, using intended learning outcomes as a means of formulating the connections between the current state of the language services industry and the professionalization element in university translator training programmes.
'A TQM Approach to Translator Training. Balancing Stakeholders Needs and Responsibilities', pp 65-77
Moustafa Gabr (Egypt and Kuwait)
This article is published as a tribute to its author, who was tragically killed in a car accident in June 2004. It is reproduced here with the kind permission of his wife, Manal Gabr.
Since the Bologna Declaration in 1999, quality has become a central theme and a pressing need in European higher education. In translator training programmes, factors such as the nature of the translation market and its requirements, the impact of accelerating and unpredictable changes in language technologies and evolving student needs have, however, constituted obstacles for the meeting and maintenance of quality requirements by university departments. To overcome these obstacles, this paper puts forward the idea that quality in translator training programmes can be maintained through adapting the principles of Total Quality Management (TQM) to the processes of programme design, development and implementation. This approach leads to the conclusion that it is imperative for translator training programmes to be developed in accordance with proper assessment of three inextricably linked needs: the needs of the market, the needs of translation departments and equally important the needs of students.
'For a New Approach to Translator Training. Questioning Some of the Concepts which Inform Current Programme Structure and Content in Spain', pp 79-95
Roberto Mayoral Asensio (Universidad de Granada, Spain)
Theoretical approaches to translation have always conditioned the structure and content of the training of translators. The lack of clarity existing in the discipline has given rise to a programme structure in Spain which is based on poorly defined concepts, and thus leads to overlap between different course units, and to inefficient approaches to training. This article identifies some current areas of overlap and, in particular, calls into question the sequencing of translation courses on the basis of the degree of specialization or the subject area of the texts used as exercises in class. The article concludes that translator training should be based on didactic criteria, and organized around problem-solving, around the translation solutions available and the strategies which allow translators to select the most suitable solution, as well as around the analysis of texts and the social situation of translation.
'Enhancing Mental Processes in Simultaneous Interpreting Training', pp 97-116
Chuta Funayama (Kobe City University of Foreign Studies, Japan)
Trainees in interpreting courses tend to be concerned more about superficial linguistic expressions than the message, or what is conveyed by those expressions. This tendency stands out particularly in the mode of simultaneous interpreting (SI). This paper discusses the way we could direct our trainees֒ attention to the mental work needed for SI, based on a model which puts concepts, not lexical forms, at the centre of its schematic description. The model applied here gives on-line tracking of the concepts built, modified, and reconstructed during SI practice, which means that any unit of source language (SL) expression should be recorded and analyzed in terms of concepts. This model provides us with a new type of instruction tool as well as more detailed insight into specific components of SL comprehension and its rendering in the target language.
The Features Section (edited by Luis Perez Gonzalez)
'Translators and Localization: Education and Training in the Context of the Global Initiative for Local Computing (GILC)', pp 119-135
Reinhard Schaler (University of Limerick, Ireland)
Over the last thirty years, Ireland has consolidated itself as the Mecca of the localization industry. Nowhere else in the world has there been a higher concentration of companies involved in the linguistic and cultural adaptation of digital content in the widest sense of the term. This article explores the connections between the entrepreneurial bloom in the computing industry, the concomitant expansion of the localization business and Irelands outstanding economic growth in recent times. It also examines how the impetus of this unprecedented industrial and economic development has been harnessed by academics, researchers and practitioners in the field. Particular emphasis is placed on the emergence and consolidation of an extensive network for localization training and certification since 1997. In the second part, the article reports on the Global Initiative for Local Computing (GILC) and its ramifications for localization training worldwide. GILC proponents aim to draw attention to the economic implications of localization activities and the risk that current mainstream localization practices may promote western cultures and languages at the expense of their economically weaker counterparts around the globe. In the final part, the author discusses a number of localization training initiatives in Brazil, India and Egypt, where the Localisation Research Centre (LRC) has already entered into partnerships with government authorities and the educational sector. Drawing on these examples, he seeks to ascertain whether the so far largely Europe-centred training model developed in Ireland manages to cater for the needs of localizers in these countries.
Book Reviews (Review Editor: John Kearns)
Andrew Gillies: Conference Interpreting: A New Students Companion / T҅umaczenie ustne. Nowy poradnik dla studentw; James Nolan: Interpretation: Techniques and Exercises (Agnieszka Chmiel, Poland)
Kirsten Malmkjr (ed.): Translation in Undergraduate Degree Programmes (Arvi Tavast, Estonia)
David Katan: Translating Cultures. An Introduction for Translators, Interpreters and Mediators (2nd revised edition) (Marion Winters, Scotland)
Martha Tennent (ed.): Training for the New Millennium. Pedagogies for Translation and Interpreting (Maria Piotrowska, Poland)
Doctoral Thesis Abstracts
'The Multilingual and Multicultural Translation Classroom: Implications for the Teaching of Translation [El aula de Traduccion multilinge y multicultural: implicaciones para la didctica de la Traduccion]'
Dimitra Tsokaktsidou, University of Granada, Spain
'Curriculum Renewal in Translator Training: Vocational Challenges in Academic Environments with Reference to Needs and Situation Analysis and Skills Transferability from the Contemporary Experience of Polish Translator Training Culture'
John Kearns, Dubln City University, Ireland
'Bringing Professional Reality into Interpreter Training Through New Technologies and Action Research [La incorporacin de la realidad profesional a la formacion de interpretes de conferencias mediante las nuevas tecnologas y la investigacion en la accion]'
Jesus de Manuel Jerez, University of Granada, Spain
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
The Sign Language Translator & Interpreter 1(1)
Type of Publication:
New journal
Author/Editor: Graham TURNER (ed.), Heriot-Watt University
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1750-3981
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual Subscription: 85.00 (institution), 45.00 (individual)
Publication blurb: Editorial: '37 Metres in 12 Seconds. Sign language translation and interpreting leave terra firma', pp 1-14
Graham Turner (Heriot-Watt University, UK)
There is now a body of scholarship and social action which testifies to the establishment of sign language translation and interpreting as a defined occupational and academic field; from the formation of professional associations and the codification of guidelines for practitioners, via the publication of doctoral theses on the subject and the launch of higher educational courses for student interpreters, to the development of international patterns of engagement and exchange under the auspices of the World Association of Sign Language Interpreters (WASLI). This editorial outlines the key aims of the new journal, which aspires to addressing the needs of service users and of providers in the field of sign language translation and interpreting in ways that should ensure that it is of much more than purely academic interest. The editor argues, however, that the establishment of a peer-reviewed journal should also be a clear signal that the field is one where there is now felt to be a platform upon which to build understandings of communicative phenomena offering meaningful contributions to knowledge and scientific enquiry. To establish a journal in this context is an act which should be seen as serving both to reflect the authentic maturity of the established field and, at the same time, further to construct, frame and focus that maturity. The radical element embodied by this journal, at least in terms of intent, is the aspiration for coherent and comprehensive engagement with the traditions, principles and advances of translation and interpreting studies broadly construed.
'Where Do We Come From? What Are We? Where Are We Going?: A Bibliometrical Analysis of Writings and Research on Sign Language Interpreting', pp 15-51
Nadja Grbic (Karl-Franzens-Universitt Graz, Austria)
The fundamental differences between the relevant languages and communities have a profound influence on professional sign language interpreting situations. Interpretation serves to reflect and to create social and cultural values. Through a quantitative bibliometrical analysis of works on sign language interpreting published between 1970 and 2005, this article investigates the ways in which sign language interpreting has been addressed in print over time. The central question is this: to what extent has research into sign language interpreting influenced the broader map of knowledge? The analysis explores what topics have been addressed; which research questions have proven to be central; which methods have been considered to be helpful; and the way in which production as a whole has developed over time, with reference to the relationship between research into sign language interpreting and translation and interpreting studies in general. A range of areas for future development are identified.
'Deaf Translators/Interpreters Rendering Processes: The Translation of Oral Languages', pp 53-72
Christopher Stone (DCAL Research Centre, University College London, UK)
The rendering of English to BSL within television settings provides an opportunity to identify ways in which written languages are translated into oral languages (Ong 1982, Furniss 2004). This research explores the process that Deaf and hearing translators/ interpreters (T/Is) follow when rendering English television broadcast news into British Sign Language (BSL). The distribution of blinks is compared in Deaf and hearing translators/interpreters to illuminate the role of preparation and rehearsal. Think-aloud-protocols are used to explore whether differences between the two groups point to a contrast between translation and interpretation processes. The exploration of similarities and differences between Deaf and hearing T/Is enables the identification of a Deaf translation norm, which in turn can provide guidance to hearing T/Is in approaches to translation tasks.
'Visions of Equality: Translating Power in a Deaf Sermonette', pp 73-114
Jennifer Rayman (California State University, Sacramento, USA)
Language is often used to navigate concepts of equality between deaf and hearing people. This article looks in depth at a particular interpreted language event at the dedication service of a newly purchased church building, examining how power relations between deaf and hearing people are represented differently in the source and interpreted texts. The analysis focuses on the use of indexing and labelling to position deaf and hearing people in relation to each other and examines what may happen when the interpreter and the speaker have conflicting goals for the delivered message, or conflicting ideologies about key concepts such as equality. In order to fully understand the deaf construction of equality found in the source text, a detailed analysis of the signed source text is presented, looking at rhetorical constructions, indexing and labelling. When examining the interpreted (target) text, possible motivations for shifts in meaning, rooted in the interpreters own ideologies of equality and inclusivity, are explored. The study reveals how interpreters personal and cultural values may influence their linguistic choices and ultimately change the potential impact of a delivered message to an audience.
'Intralingual and Interlingual Subtitling: A Discussion of the Mode and Medium in Film Translation', pp 115-141
Svenja Wurm (Heriot-Watt University, UK)
Next to interpreting and translation proper, there is another discipline relevant to the Deaf community that benefits from translation theories: subtitling. No matter whether the subtitles have to be transferred into another language for a foreign audience or whether they remain within the same language, particularly for a d/Deaf audience, the subtitler needs to make informed choices dealing with the problem of transferring the spoken dialogue of the source film into the written mode of subtitles. Whereas spoken dialogue allows people to reveal their character and identity through their language, most apparently within dialect and register, writing is mainly used as a standardized, polished mode of communication where the revelation of any personal characteristics is reduced. How do filmmakers effectively use spoken language and the audio channel in general to give identity to their films characters and how might this be represented in the written subtitles? Using a Hallidayan functional linguistic framework, this article presents a comparative analysis of the English-German interlingual and the English intralingual subtitles of recent DVD versions of two seminal feature films, Stanley Kubricks futuristic socio-critical film A Clockwork Orange and Woody Allens comedic drama Manhattan.
'WASLI Past Present Future', pp 143-156
Zane Hema (World Association of Sign Language Interpreters)
The World Association of Sign Language Interpreters (WASLI) was formally established on 23 July 2003 in Montreal, Canada, during the 14th World Congress of the World Federation of the Deaf. It would take a further two years, however, before WASLI would hold its Inaugural Conference. This event was significant for many reasons; it took place in South Africa; it brought together over 200 sign language interpreters from over 40 different countries from all corners of the world; it saw the culmination of years of preparation and ground work that would see the Association agree a vision, formalize the Governing Document and set in place the structures and procedures by which it would function. Part one of this paper provides a description of how WASLI came into being, identifying significant events and individuals that played a key role in the development of the World Association. Part two provides a context in which the objectives of the World Association are clarified so the reader can begin to understand the role of WASLI as a global organization. Part three is a global glimpse of the sign language interpreting profession and part four concludes with an account of what lies ahead for WASLI.
Book Reviews (Review Editor: Jemina Napier, Macquarie University, Australia)
Basil Hatim and Jeremy Munday: Translation: An Advanced Resource Book (Jeffrey Davis, USA)
Marc Marschark, Rico Peterson and Elizabeth A. Winston (eds): Sign Language Interpreting and Interpreter Education: Directions for Research and Practice (Frank Harrington, UK)
Frank Harrington and Graham H. Turner (eds): Interpreting Interpreting: Studies & Reflections on Sign Language Interpreting (Holly Mikkelson, USA)
Lynne Long (ed.): Translation and Religion Җ Holy Untranslatable? (Lorraine Leeson, Ireland)
Author/Editor: Graham TURNER (ed.), Heriot-Watt University
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1750-3981
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual Subscription: 85.00 (institution), 45.00 (individual)
Publication blurb: Editorial: '37 Metres in 12 Seconds. Sign language translation and interpreting leave terra firma', pp 1-14
Graham Turner (Heriot-Watt University, UK)
There is now a body of scholarship and social action which testifies to the establishment of sign language translation and interpreting as a defined occupational and academic field; from the formation of professional associations and the codification of guidelines for practitioners, via the publication of doctoral theses on the subject and the launch of higher educational courses for student interpreters, to the development of international patterns of engagement and exchange under the auspices of the World Association of Sign Language Interpreters (WASLI). This editorial outlines the key aims of the new journal, which aspires to addressing the needs of service users and of providers in the field of sign language translation and interpreting in ways that should ensure that it is of much more than purely academic interest. The editor argues, however, that the establishment of a peer-reviewed journal should also be a clear signal that the field is one where there is now felt to be a platform upon which to build understandings of communicative phenomena offering meaningful contributions to knowledge and scientific enquiry. To establish a journal in this context is an act which should be seen as serving both to reflect the authentic maturity of the established field and, at the same time, further to construct, frame and focus that maturity. The radical element embodied by this journal, at least in terms of intent, is the aspiration for coherent and comprehensive engagement with the traditions, principles and advances of translation and interpreting studies broadly construed.
'Where Do We Come From? What Are We? Where Are We Going?: A Bibliometrical Analysis of Writings and Research on Sign Language Interpreting', pp 15-51
Nadja Grbic (Karl-Franzens-Universitt Graz, Austria)
The fundamental differences between the relevant languages and communities have a profound influence on professional sign language interpreting situations. Interpretation serves to reflect and to create social and cultural values. Through a quantitative bibliometrical analysis of works on sign language interpreting published between 1970 and 2005, this article investigates the ways in which sign language interpreting has been addressed in print over time. The central question is this: to what extent has research into sign language interpreting influenced the broader map of knowledge? The analysis explores what topics have been addressed; which research questions have proven to be central; which methods have been considered to be helpful; and the way in which production as a whole has developed over time, with reference to the relationship between research into sign language interpreting and translation and interpreting studies in general. A range of areas for future development are identified.
'Deaf Translators/Interpreters Rendering Processes: The Translation of Oral Languages', pp 53-72
Christopher Stone (DCAL Research Centre, University College London, UK)
The rendering of English to BSL within television settings provides an opportunity to identify ways in which written languages are translated into oral languages (Ong 1982, Furniss 2004). This research explores the process that Deaf and hearing translators/ interpreters (T/Is) follow when rendering English television broadcast news into British Sign Language (BSL). The distribution of blinks is compared in Deaf and hearing translators/interpreters to illuminate the role of preparation and rehearsal. Think-aloud-protocols are used to explore whether differences between the two groups point to a contrast between translation and interpretation processes. The exploration of similarities and differences between Deaf and hearing T/Is enables the identification of a Deaf translation norm, which in turn can provide guidance to hearing T/Is in approaches to translation tasks.
'Visions of Equality: Translating Power in a Deaf Sermonette', pp 73-114
Jennifer Rayman (California State University, Sacramento, USA)
Language is often used to navigate concepts of equality between deaf and hearing people. This article looks in depth at a particular interpreted language event at the dedication service of a newly purchased church building, examining how power relations between deaf and hearing people are represented differently in the source and interpreted texts. The analysis focuses on the use of indexing and labelling to position deaf and hearing people in relation to each other and examines what may happen when the interpreter and the speaker have conflicting goals for the delivered message, or conflicting ideologies about key concepts such as equality. In order to fully understand the deaf construction of equality found in the source text, a detailed analysis of the signed source text is presented, looking at rhetorical constructions, indexing and labelling. When examining the interpreted (target) text, possible motivations for shifts in meaning, rooted in the interpreters own ideologies of equality and inclusivity, are explored. The study reveals how interpreters personal and cultural values may influence their linguistic choices and ultimately change the potential impact of a delivered message to an audience.
'Intralingual and Interlingual Subtitling: A Discussion of the Mode and Medium in Film Translation', pp 115-141
Svenja Wurm (Heriot-Watt University, UK)
Next to interpreting and translation proper, there is another discipline relevant to the Deaf community that benefits from translation theories: subtitling. No matter whether the subtitles have to be transferred into another language for a foreign audience or whether they remain within the same language, particularly for a d/Deaf audience, the subtitler needs to make informed choices dealing with the problem of transferring the spoken dialogue of the source film into the written mode of subtitles. Whereas spoken dialogue allows people to reveal their character and identity through their language, most apparently within dialect and register, writing is mainly used as a standardized, polished mode of communication where the revelation of any personal characteristics is reduced. How do filmmakers effectively use spoken language and the audio channel in general to give identity to their films characters and how might this be represented in the written subtitles? Using a Hallidayan functional linguistic framework, this article presents a comparative analysis of the English-German interlingual and the English intralingual subtitles of recent DVD versions of two seminal feature films, Stanley Kubricks futuristic socio-critical film A Clockwork Orange and Woody Allens comedic drama Manhattan.
'WASLI Past Present Future', pp 143-156
Zane Hema (World Association of Sign Language Interpreters)
The World Association of Sign Language Interpreters (WASLI) was formally established on 23 July 2003 in Montreal, Canada, during the 14th World Congress of the World Federation of the Deaf. It would take a further two years, however, before WASLI would hold its Inaugural Conference. This event was significant for many reasons; it took place in South Africa; it brought together over 200 sign language interpreters from over 40 different countries from all corners of the world; it saw the culmination of years of preparation and ground work that would see the Association agree a vision, formalize the Governing Document and set in place the structures and procedures by which it would function. Part one of this paper provides a description of how WASLI came into being, identifying significant events and individuals that played a key role in the development of the World Association. Part two provides a context in which the objectives of the World Association are clarified so the reader can begin to understand the role of WASLI as a global organization. Part three is a global glimpse of the sign language interpreting profession and part four concludes with an account of what lies ahead for WASLI.
Book Reviews (Review Editor: Jemina Napier, Macquarie University, Australia)
Basil Hatim and Jeremy Munday: Translation: An Advanced Resource Book (Jeffrey Davis, USA)
Marc Marschark, Rico Peterson and Elizabeth A. Winston (eds): Sign Language Interpreting and Interpreter Education: Directions for Research and Practice (Frank Harrington, UK)
Frank Harrington and Graham H. Turner (eds): Interpreting Interpreting: Studies & Reflections on Sign Language Interpreting (Holly Mikkelson, USA)
Lynne Long (ed.): Translation and Religion Җ Holy Untranslatable? (Lorraine Leeson, Ireland)
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
The Translator, Volume 13 (1)
Type of Publication:
Journal issue
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER (ed.), University of Manchester
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1355-6509.13.1
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual subscription rates available from publisher's website
Publication blurb: 'Appraising Dubbed Conversation: Systemic Functional Insights into the Construal of Naturalness in Translated Film Dialogue', pp 1-38
Luis Perez-Gonzalez (University of Manchester, UK)
The authenticity of fictional dialogue is widely held to play a pivotal role in shaping the audiences perception of the quality of a film. Yet the factors that account for the authenticity of both original and dubbed film conversation remain largely under-researched. This paper begins by outlining key contributions from the fields of stylistics, film studies and corpus-based translation studies that have enhanced our understanding of the specific nature and dynamics of fictional dialogue and its translation. A common assumption that underpins these approaches is that the success of the narrative and characterization-enhancing resources deployed in a film is contingent on the build-up of interpersonal alignments through a combination of prefabricated orality and spontaneous-sounding conversation. And yet both film theory and dubbing studies have so far focused on phenomena that take place within a single turn-at-talk and hence neglected the study of the sequential dimension of film dialogue. Drawing on the analysis of four scenes of the English and Spanish versions of Twelve Angry Men (Sidney Lumet, 1957), this article attempts to demonstrate the advantages of Martins (2000a) systemic functional modelling of the exchange, especially his notion of telos. Ultimately, this paper assesses the advantages of a heightened awareness of the sequential configuration of dialogue among dubbing practitioners.
'Institutional Patronage: The Religious Tract Society and the Translation of Christian Tracts in Nineteenth-Century China', pp 39-61
John T. P. Lai (Hong Kong Baptist University)
This paper attempts to scrutinize a lesser-known, yet hugely influential, Protestant institution Җ the Religious Tract Society, London (RTS, founded in 1799) which played a predominant role in sponsoring the global enterprise of translating Christian tracts in the19th and early 20th centuries. The RTS introduced, if not imposed, its principles and identity on the publication of Chinese tracts by offering grants to the China missions. As long as they were issued under RTS patronage, all Chinese tracts had to fall in line with its dominant ideology ֖ to be both interdenominational and evangelical in character. The paper investigates the role of institutional patronage in the translation of Christian tracts into Chinese, especially the policies of tract societies that came into play in terms of text selection and ideological censorship. Also explored in depth are the issues surrounding the transplantation of RTS ideology onto Chinese soil, and institution-individual power relations in the process of cross-cultural translation activity.
'Assessing Medical Interpreters: The Language and Interpreting Testing Project', pp 63-82
Claudia V. Angelelli (San Diego State University, USA)
The end of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st witnessed important changes that have affected healthcare delivery to patients with limited proficiency in English in the United States, resulting in an increasing need for professional interpreters. This need cannot be met by the limited number of available professional medical interpreters, and bilingual individuals volunteering to help or receiving on-the-job training consequently have to be assessed on both language and interpreting abilities. This paper reports on the design of an instrument of assessment used to measure the skills of medical interpreters. Authentic medical exchanges with Spanish, Cantonese and Hmong-speaking patients were collected and analyzed to identify the basic linguistic and interpreting skills commonly used in interpreter-mediated encounters within healthcare settings. These communicative events were used as the basis for creating scripts that form the core of a set of tests for an interpreter training programme. In order to validate the scenarios and adaptations introduced by native informants participating in the study, the scripts were presented to focus groups formed by community members, interpreters and healthcare providers for each ethnic group. Each script was video recorded and field tested and is now piloted at five sites in California and ten other sites in the US. The article is relevant for interpreter educators, medical interpreters and hospital administrators interested in using tests to identify and develop special abilities of bilingual speakers in the medical setting.
'Lilies or Skelfs: Translating Queer Melodrama', pp 83-103
David Kinloch (University of Strathclyde, Scotland)
Michel Marc Bouchards important Quebecois play, Les Feluettes, is often read as gay theatre and consigned to the genre of tragedy. This paper presents a comparative reading of two translations of this play one into Canadian English and one into Scots ֖ and shows how the Scots version in particular suggests that Bouchards play is rather an essay in ґqueer melodrama expressive of an anti-essentialist aesthetic. The paper thus highlights the benefits of the ґminority translation activity of the late Bill Findlay and Martin Bowman, whose work in Scots has deepened the interpretative and performative afterlife of many recent Canadian theatrical texts, most notably those of Quebecois dramatist Michel Tremblay.
Revisiting the Classics: Modern Thoughts on Language and Ideology (Cecilia Wadensjo, Linkioping University, Sweden)
Book Reviews:
Ton Hoenselaars (ed.): Shakespeare and the Language of Translation (Dror Abend-David, North Cyprus)
Emily Apter: The Translation Zone: A New Comparative Literature (Helena Migulez-Carballeira, Wales, UK)
Gunilla Anderman: Europe on Stage Translation and Theatre (Katja Krebs, Wales, UK)
Clive Scott: Translating Rimbauds Illuminations (Siobhan Brownlie, UK)
ngeles Carreres: Cruzando lmmites: la retrica de la traduccin en Jacques Derrida (Nuria Brufau-Alvira, Spain)
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER (ed.), University of Manchester
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1355-6509.13.1
Price and ordering information: Single Issue: 24.00
Annual subscription rates available from publisher's website
Publication blurb: 'Appraising Dubbed Conversation: Systemic Functional Insights into the Construal of Naturalness in Translated Film Dialogue', pp 1-38
Luis Perez-Gonzalez (University of Manchester, UK)
The authenticity of fictional dialogue is widely held to play a pivotal role in shaping the audiences perception of the quality of a film. Yet the factors that account for the authenticity of both original and dubbed film conversation remain largely under-researched. This paper begins by outlining key contributions from the fields of stylistics, film studies and corpus-based translation studies that have enhanced our understanding of the specific nature and dynamics of fictional dialogue and its translation. A common assumption that underpins these approaches is that the success of the narrative and characterization-enhancing resources deployed in a film is contingent on the build-up of interpersonal alignments through a combination of prefabricated orality and spontaneous-sounding conversation. And yet both film theory and dubbing studies have so far focused on phenomena that take place within a single turn-at-talk and hence neglected the study of the sequential dimension of film dialogue. Drawing on the analysis of four scenes of the English and Spanish versions of Twelve Angry Men (Sidney Lumet, 1957), this article attempts to demonstrate the advantages of Martins (2000a) systemic functional modelling of the exchange, especially his notion of telos. Ultimately, this paper assesses the advantages of a heightened awareness of the sequential configuration of dialogue among dubbing practitioners.
'Institutional Patronage: The Religious Tract Society and the Translation of Christian Tracts in Nineteenth-Century China', pp 39-61
John T. P. Lai (Hong Kong Baptist University)
This paper attempts to scrutinize a lesser-known, yet hugely influential, Protestant institution Җ the Religious Tract Society, London (RTS, founded in 1799) which played a predominant role in sponsoring the global enterprise of translating Christian tracts in the19th and early 20th centuries. The RTS introduced, if not imposed, its principles and identity on the publication of Chinese tracts by offering grants to the China missions. As long as they were issued under RTS patronage, all Chinese tracts had to fall in line with its dominant ideology ֖ to be both interdenominational and evangelical in character. The paper investigates the role of institutional patronage in the translation of Christian tracts into Chinese, especially the policies of tract societies that came into play in terms of text selection and ideological censorship. Also explored in depth are the issues surrounding the transplantation of RTS ideology onto Chinese soil, and institution-individual power relations in the process of cross-cultural translation activity.
'Assessing Medical Interpreters: The Language and Interpreting Testing Project', pp 63-82
Claudia V. Angelelli (San Diego State University, USA)
The end of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st witnessed important changes that have affected healthcare delivery to patients with limited proficiency in English in the United States, resulting in an increasing need for professional interpreters. This need cannot be met by the limited number of available professional medical interpreters, and bilingual individuals volunteering to help or receiving on-the-job training consequently have to be assessed on both language and interpreting abilities. This paper reports on the design of an instrument of assessment used to measure the skills of medical interpreters. Authentic medical exchanges with Spanish, Cantonese and Hmong-speaking patients were collected and analyzed to identify the basic linguistic and interpreting skills commonly used in interpreter-mediated encounters within healthcare settings. These communicative events were used as the basis for creating scripts that form the core of a set of tests for an interpreter training programme. In order to validate the scenarios and adaptations introduced by native informants participating in the study, the scripts were presented to focus groups formed by community members, interpreters and healthcare providers for each ethnic group. Each script was video recorded and field tested and is now piloted at five sites in California and ten other sites in the US. The article is relevant for interpreter educators, medical interpreters and hospital administrators interested in using tests to identify and develop special abilities of bilingual speakers in the medical setting.
'Lilies or Skelfs: Translating Queer Melodrama', pp 83-103
David Kinloch (University of Strathclyde, Scotland)
Michel Marc Bouchards important Quebecois play, Les Feluettes, is often read as gay theatre and consigned to the genre of tragedy. This paper presents a comparative reading of two translations of this play one into Canadian English and one into Scots ֖ and shows how the Scots version in particular suggests that Bouchards play is rather an essay in ґqueer melodrama expressive of an anti-essentialist aesthetic. The paper thus highlights the benefits of the ґminority translation activity of the late Bill Findlay and Martin Bowman, whose work in Scots has deepened the interpretative and performative afterlife of many recent Canadian theatrical texts, most notably those of Quebecois dramatist Michel Tremblay.
Revisiting the Classics: Modern Thoughts on Language and Ideology (Cecilia Wadensjo, Linkioping University, Sweden)
Book Reviews:
Ton Hoenselaars (ed.): Shakespeare and the Language of Translation (Dror Abend-David, North Cyprus)
Emily Apter: The Translation Zone: A New Comparative Literature (Helena Migulez-Carballeira, Wales, UK)
Gunilla Anderman: Europe on Stage Translation and Theatre (Katja Krebs, Wales, UK)
Clive Scott: Translating Rimbauds Illuminations (Siobhan Brownlie, UK)
ngeles Carreres: Cruzando lmmites: la retrica de la traduccin en Jacques Derrida (Nuria Brufau-Alvira, Spain)
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
Revising & Editing for Translators (2nd Edition) (Translation Practices Explained Vol. 3)
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Brian MOSSOP
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-900650-96-0
Price and ordering information: 18.00
Publication blurb: Revising and Editing for Translators provides guidance and learning materials for translation students learning to edit texts written by others, and professional translators wishing to improve their self-revision ability or learn to revise the work of others. Editing is understood as making corrections and improvements to texts, with particular attention to tailoring them to the given readership. Revising is this same task applied to draft translations. The linguistic work of editors and revisers is related to the professional situations in which they work.
Mossop offers in-depth coverage of a wide range of topics, including copyediting, style editing, structural editing, checking for consistency, revising procedures and principles, and translation quality assessment. This second edition provides extended coverage of computer aids for revisers, and of the different degrees of revision suited to different texts. The inclusion of suggested activities and exercises, numerous real-world examples, a proposed grading scheme for editing assignments, and a reference glossary make this an indispensable coursebook for professional translation programmes.
Brian Mossop has been a French-to-English translator, reviser and trainer at the Canadian Governments Translation Bureau since 1974. Since 1979, he has also been teaching revision, scientific translation, translation theory and translation into the second language at the York University School of Translation.
Author/Editor: Brian MOSSOP
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 978-1-900650-96-0
Price and ordering information: 18.00
Publication blurb: Revising and Editing for Translators provides guidance and learning materials for translation students learning to edit texts written by others, and professional translators wishing to improve their self-revision ability or learn to revise the work of others. Editing is understood as making corrections and improvements to texts, with particular attention to tailoring them to the given readership. Revising is this same task applied to draft translations. The linguistic work of editors and revisers is related to the professional situations in which they work.
Mossop offers in-depth coverage of a wide range of topics, including copyediting, style editing, structural editing, checking for consistency, revising procedures and principles, and translation quality assessment. This second edition provides extended coverage of computer aids for revisers, and of the different degrees of revision suited to different texts. The inclusion of suggested activities and exercises, numerous real-world examples, a proposed grading scheme for editing assignments, and a reference glossary make this an indispensable coursebook for professional translation programmes.
Brian Mossop has been a French-to-English translator, reviser and trainer at the Canadian Governments Translation Bureau since 1974. Since 1979, he has also been teaching revision, scientific translation, translation theory and translation into the second language at the York University School of Translation.
Posted by Ken Baker 30th May 2007.
In Translation - Reflections, Refractions, Transformations
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Paul St-Pierre and Prafulla C. Kar (Editors)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: Hardbound 110.00
Publication blurb: With contributions by researchers from India, Europe, North America and the Caribbean, In Translation Reflections, refractions, transformations touches on questions of method and on topics ֖ including copyright, cultural hybridity, globalization, identity construction, and minority languages which are important for the disciplinary development of translation studies but also of interest to other fields as well, most notably comparative literature, cultural studies and world literature. The volume provides a forum for new voices to be heard alongside those of well-established scholars and for current concerns to express themselves, often focusing on practices in areas of the world other than Europe or North America, which have until now tended to dominate the field. Acknowledging difference and celebrating it, the contributions conceive of translation as a process which reconstitutes and transforms, which brings renewal and growth, an interaction in a new context, a new reading, a new writing.
Author/Editor: Paul St-Pierre and Prafulla C. Kar (Editors)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN:
Price and ordering information: Hardbound 110.00
Publication blurb: With contributions by researchers from India, Europe, North America and the Caribbean, In Translation Reflections, refractions, transformations touches on questions of method and on topics ֖ including copyright, cultural hybridity, globalization, identity construction, and minority languages which are important for the disciplinary development of translation studies but also of interest to other fields as well, most notably comparative literature, cultural studies and world literature. The volume provides a forum for new voices to be heard alongside those of well-established scholars and for current concerns to express themselves, often focusing on practices in areas of the world other than Europe or North America, which have until now tended to dominate the field. Acknowledging difference and celebrating it, the contributions conceive of translation as a process which reconstitutes and transforms, which brings renewal and growth, an interaction in a new context, a new reading, a new writing.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 25th May 2007.
The Turns of Translation Studies
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Mary Snell-Hornby
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: 90 272 1674 6 (pb)
Price and ordering information: Hardback 115.00
Paperback � 33.00
Publication blurb: Whats new in Translation Studies? In offering a critical assessment of recent developments in the young discipline, this book sets out to provide an answer, as seen from a European perspective today. Many ғnew ideas actually go back well into the past, and the German Romantic Age proves to be the starting-point. The main focus lies however on the last 20 years, and, beginning with the cultural turn of the 1980s, the study traces what have turned out since then to be ground-breaking contributions (new paradigms) as against what was only a change in position on already established territory (shifting viewpoints). Topics of the 1990s include nonverbal communication, gender-based Translation Studies, stage translation, new fields of interpreting studies and the effects of new technologies and globalization (including the increasingly dominant role of English). The authorԒs aim is to stimulate discussion and provoke further debate on the current profile and future perspectives of Translation Studies.
Author/Editor: Mary Snell-Hornby
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.benjamins.com
ISBN/ISSN: 90 272 1674 6 (pb)
Price and ordering information: Hardback 115.00
Paperback � 33.00
Publication blurb: Whats new in Translation Studies? In offering a critical assessment of recent developments in the young discipline, this book sets out to provide an answer, as seen from a European perspective today. Many ғnew ideas actually go back well into the past, and the German Romantic Age proves to be the starting-point. The main focus lies however on the last 20 years, and, beginning with the cultural turn of the 1980s, the study traces what have turned out since then to be ground-breaking contributions (new paradigms) as against what was only a change in position on already established territory (shifting viewpoints). Topics of the 1990s include nonverbal communication, gender-based Translation Studies, stage translation, new fields of interpreting studies and the effects of new technologies and globalization (including the increasingly dominant role of English). The authorԒs aim is to stimulate discussion and provoke further debate on the current profile and future perspectives of Translation Studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 25th May 2007.
The Translation of Children's Literature
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Gillian Lathey (Editor)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-906-9
Price and ordering information: 21.95 (paperback)
Publication blurb: Research across a number of disciplines has in recent years contributed to a rapidly developing knowledge and understanding of the cross-cultural transformation and reception of children's literature. It is the purpose of this Reader to gather together, for the first time, essays published during the last thirty years on the history, challenges and difference of translating for the young reader.
Author/Editor: Gillian Lathey (Editor)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-906-9
Price and ordering information: 21.95 (paperback)
Publication blurb: Research across a number of disciplines has in recent years contributed to a rapidly developing knowledge and understanding of the cross-cultural transformation and reception of children's literature. It is the purpose of this Reader to gather together, for the first time, essays published during the last thirty years on the history, challenges and difference of translating for the young reader.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 25th May 2007.
The Bilingual Text. History and Theory of Literary Self-Translation
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Jan Walsh Hokenson and Marcella Munson
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-93-2
Price and ordering information: 22.50
Publication blurb: Bilingual texts have been left outside the mainstream of both translation theory and literary history. Yet the tradition of the bilingual writer, moving between different sign systems and audiences to create a text in two languages, is a rich and venerable one, going back at least to the Middle Ages. The self-translated, bilingual text was commonplace in the mutlilingual world of medieval and early modern Europe, frequently bridging Latin and the vernaculars. While self-translation persisted among cultured elites, it diminished during the consolidation of the nation-states, in the long era of nationalistic monolingualism, only to resurge in the postcolonial era.
The Bilingual Text makes a first step toward providing the fields of translation studies and comparative literature with a comprehensive account of literary self-translation in the West. It tracks the shifting paradigms of bilinguality across the centuries and addresses the urgent questions that the bilingual text raises for translation theorists today: Is each part of the bilingual text a separate, original creation or is each incomplete without the other? Is self-translation a unique genre? Can either version be split off into a single language or literary tradition? How can two linguistic versions of a text be fitted into standard models of foreign and domestic texts and cultures? Because such texts defeat standard categories of analysis, The Bilingual Text reverses the usual critical gaze, highlighting not dissimilarities but continuities across versions, allowing for dissimilarities within orders of correspondence, and englobing the literary as well as linguistic and cultural dimensions of the text. Emphasizing the arcs of historical change in concepts of language and translation that inform each case study, The Bilingual Text examines the perdurance of this phenomenon in Western societies and literatures.
Author/Editor: Jan Walsh Hokenson and Marcella Munson
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-93-2
Price and ordering information: 22.50
Publication blurb: Bilingual texts have been left outside the mainstream of both translation theory and literary history. Yet the tradition of the bilingual writer, moving between different sign systems and audiences to create a text in two languages, is a rich and venerable one, going back at least to the Middle Ages. The self-translated, bilingual text was commonplace in the mutlilingual world of medieval and early modern Europe, frequently bridging Latin and the vernaculars. While self-translation persisted among cultured elites, it diminished during the consolidation of the nation-states, in the long era of nationalistic monolingualism, only to resurge in the postcolonial era.
The Bilingual Text makes a first step toward providing the fields of translation studies and comparative literature with a comprehensive account of literary self-translation in the West. It tracks the shifting paradigms of bilinguality across the centuries and addresses the urgent questions that the bilingual text raises for translation theorists today: Is each part of the bilingual text a separate, original creation or is each incomplete without the other? Is self-translation a unique genre? Can either version be split off into a single language or literary tradition? How can two linguistic versions of a text be fitted into standard models of foreign and domestic texts and cultures? Because such texts defeat standard categories of analysis, The Bilingual Text reverses the usual critical gaze, highlighting not dissimilarities but continuities across versions, allowing for dissimilarities within orders of correspondence, and englobing the literary as well as linguistic and cultural dimensions of the text. Emphasizing the arcs of historical change in concepts of language and translation that inform each case study, The Bilingual Text examines the perdurance of this phenomenon in Western societies and literatures.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 16th May 2007.
Translating and Interpreting Conflict
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Myriam SALAMA-CARR (Editor)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-90-420-2200-3
Price and ordering information: Paper 58.-/ US$ 78
Publication blurb: The relationship between translation and conflict is highly relevant in todays globalised and fragmented world, and this is attracting increased academic interest. This collection of essays was inspired by the first international conference to directly address the translator and interpreterҒs involvement in situations of military and ideological conflict, and its representation in fiction. The collection adopts an interdisciplinary approach, and the contributors to the volume bring to bear a variety of perspectives informed by media studies, historiography, literary scholarship and self-reflective interpreting and translation practice. The reader is presented with compelling case studies of the embeddednessђ of translators and interpreters, either on the ground or as portrayed in fiction, and of their roles in mediating, memorizing or rewriting conflict. The theoretical reflection which the essays generate regarding mediation and neutrality, ethical involvement and responsibility, and the implications for translator and interpreter training, will be of interest to researchers in translation, interpreting, media, intercultural and postcolonial studies.
Author/Editor: Myriam SALAMA-CARR (Editor)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN: 978-90-420-2200-3
Price and ordering information: Paper 58.-/ US$ 78
Publication blurb: The relationship between translation and conflict is highly relevant in todays globalised and fragmented world, and this is attracting increased academic interest. This collection of essays was inspired by the first international conference to directly address the translator and interpreterҒs involvement in situations of military and ideological conflict, and its representation in fiction. The collection adopts an interdisciplinary approach, and the contributors to the volume bring to bear a variety of perspectives informed by media studies, historiography, literary scholarship and self-reflective interpreting and translation practice. The reader is presented with compelling case studies of the embeddednessђ of translators and interpreters, either on the ground or as portrayed in fiction, and of their roles in mediating, memorizing or rewriting conflict. The theoretical reflection which the essays generate regarding mediation and neutrality, ethical involvement and responsibility, and the implications for translator and interpreter training, will be of interest to researchers in translation, interpreting, media, intercultural and postcolonial studies.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 9th May 2007.
Modes of Censorship and Translation. National Contexts and Diverse Media
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Francesca Billiani (Editor)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1900650-94-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Modes of Censorship and Translation articulates a variety of scholarly
and disciplinary perspectives and offers the reader access to the
widening cultural debate on translation and censorship, including
cross-national forms of cultural fertilization. It is a study of
censorship and its patterns of operation across a range of disciplinary
settings, from media to cultural and literary studies, engaging with
often neglected genres and media such as radio, cinema and theatre.
Adopting an interdisciplinary and transnational approach and bringing
together contributions based on primary research which often draws on
unpublished archival material, the volume analyzes the multi-faceted
relationship between censorship and translation in different national
contexts, including Italy, Spain, Great Britain, Greece, Nazi Germany
and the GDR, focusing on the political, ideological and aesthetic
implications of censorship, as well as the hermeneutic play fostered by
any translational act. By offering innovative methodological
interpretations and stimulating case studies, it proposes new readings
of the operational modes of both censorship and translation. The essays
gathered here challenge current notions of the accessibility of culture,
whether in overtly ideological and politically repressive contexts, or
in seemingly neutral cultural scenarios.
Contributors: Francesca Billiani, Siobhan Brownlie, Giorgio Fabre,
Jacqueline Hurtley, Katja Krebs, Matthew Philpotts, Matthew Reynolds,
Chle Stephenson, Gaby Thomson-Wohlgemuth, Gonda Van Steen, Jeroen
Vandaele, J. Michael Walton.
Author/Editor: Francesca Billiani (Editor)
Year of publication: 2007
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St Jerome
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 978-1900650-94-6
Price and ordering information:
Publication blurb: Modes of Censorship and Translation articulates a variety of scholarly
and disciplinary perspectives and offers the reader access to the
widening cultural debate on translation and censorship, including
cross-national forms of cultural fertilization. It is a study of
censorship and its patterns of operation across a range of disciplinary
settings, from media to cultural and literary studies, engaging with
often neglected genres and media such as radio, cinema and theatre.
Adopting an interdisciplinary and transnational approach and bringing
together contributions based on primary research which often draws on
unpublished archival material, the volume analyzes the multi-faceted
relationship between censorship and translation in different national
contexts, including Italy, Spain, Great Britain, Greece, Nazi Germany
and the GDR, focusing on the political, ideological and aesthetic
implications of censorship, as well as the hermeneutic play fostered by
any translational act. By offering innovative methodological
interpretations and stimulating case studies, it proposes new readings
of the operational modes of both censorship and translation. The essays
gathered here challenge current notions of the accessibility of culture,
whether in overtly ideological and politically repressive contexts, or
in seemingly neutral cultural scenarios.
Contributors: Francesca Billiani, Siobhan Brownlie, Giorgio Fabre,
Jacqueline Hurtley, Katja Krebs, Matthew Philpotts, Matthew Reynolds,
Chle Stephenson, Gaby Thomson-Wohlgemuth, Gonda Van Steen, Jeroen
Vandaele, J. Michael Walton.
Posted by Elena Di Giovanni 5th May 2007.
An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation (vol. 1)
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Martha P. Y. CHEUNG, Hong Kong Baptist University
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome.
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-92-4
Price and ordering information: 45 GBP.
Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Translation has a long history in China. Down the centuries translators, interpreters, Buddhist monks, Jesuit priests, Protestant missionaries, writers, historians, linguists, and even ministers and emperors have all written about translation, and from an amazing array of perspectives. Such an exciting diversity of views, reflections and theoretical thinking about the art and business of translating is now brought together in a two-volume anthology. The first volume covers a time-frame from roughly the 5th century BCE to the twelfth century CE. It deals with translation in the civil and government context, and with the monumental project of Buddhist sutra translation. The second volume spans the 13th century CE to the Revolution of 1911, which brought an end to feudal China. It deals with the transmission of Western learning to China a translation venture that changed the epistemological horizon and even the mindset of Chinese people.
Comprising over 250 passages, most of which are translated into English for the first time here, the anthology is the first major source book to appear in English. It carries valuable primary material, allowing access into the minds of translators working in a time and space markedly different from ours, and in ways foreign or even inconceivable to us. The topics these writers discussed are familiar. But rather than a comfortable trip on well-trodden ground, the anthology invites us on an exciting journey of the imagination.
Martha P.Y. Cheung received her PhD in English and American Literature from the University of Kent at Canterbury. She is now Professor and Head of the Translation Programme and Director of the Centre for Translation at Hong Kong Baptist University. She has translated many works of Chinese Literature into English, including the work of Han Shaogong (Homecoming? And Other Stories, 1992), Liu Sola (Blue Sky Green Sea and Other Stories, 1993), and Hong Kong poets such as Leung Ping Kwan (Foodscape, 1997 and Travelling with a Bitter Melon, 2002). She co-edited (with Jane C.C. Lai) and translated (with Jane C.C. Lai and others) An Oxford Anthology of Contemporary Chinese Drama (1997) and co-translated (with Jane C.C. Lai) 100 Excerpts from Zen Buddhist Texts (1997). She is Editor-in-Chief (Chinese translation) of the Oxford Children's Encyclopedia (9 volumes, 2082 entries, 1998), and Editor-in-Chief (English translation) of An Illustrated Chinese Materia Medica in Hong Kong (506 entries, 2004). She edited and translated (with Jane C.C. Lai and others) Hong Kong Collage: Contemporary Stories and Writing (1998). She has written articles on translation criticism, translation history, translation theory and the teaching of translation.
Author/Editor: Martha P. Y. CHEUNG, Hong Kong Baptist University
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Manchester: St. Jerome.
Publisher URL: http://www.stjerome.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: 1-900650-92-4
Price and ordering information: 45 GBP.
Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Translation has a long history in China. Down the centuries translators, interpreters, Buddhist monks, Jesuit priests, Protestant missionaries, writers, historians, linguists, and even ministers and emperors have all written about translation, and from an amazing array of perspectives. Such an exciting diversity of views, reflections and theoretical thinking about the art and business of translating is now brought together in a two-volume anthology. The first volume covers a time-frame from roughly the 5th century BCE to the twelfth century CE. It deals with translation in the civil and government context, and with the monumental project of Buddhist sutra translation. The second volume spans the 13th century CE to the Revolution of 1911, which brought an end to feudal China. It deals with the transmission of Western learning to China a translation venture that changed the epistemological horizon and even the mindset of Chinese people.
Comprising over 250 passages, most of which are translated into English for the first time here, the anthology is the first major source book to appear in English. It carries valuable primary material, allowing access into the minds of translators working in a time and space markedly different from ours, and in ways foreign or even inconceivable to us. The topics these writers discussed are familiar. But rather than a comfortable trip on well-trodden ground, the anthology invites us on an exciting journey of the imagination.
Martha P.Y. Cheung received her PhD in English and American Literature from the University of Kent at Canterbury. She is now Professor and Head of the Translation Programme and Director of the Centre for Translation at Hong Kong Baptist University. She has translated many works of Chinese Literature into English, including the work of Han Shaogong (Homecoming? And Other Stories, 1992), Liu Sola (Blue Sky Green Sea and Other Stories, 1993), and Hong Kong poets such as Leung Ping Kwan (Foodscape, 1997 and Travelling with a Bitter Melon, 2002). She co-edited (with Jane C.C. Lai) and translated (with Jane C.C. Lai and others) An Oxford Anthology of Contemporary Chinese Drama (1997) and co-translated (with Jane C.C. Lai) 100 Excerpts from Zen Buddhist Texts (1997). She is Editor-in-Chief (Chinese translation) of the Oxford Children's Encyclopedia (9 volumes, 2082 entries, 1998), and Editor-in-Chief (English translation) of An Illustrated Chinese Materia Medica in Hong Kong (506 entries, 2004). She edited and translated (with Jane C.C. Lai and others) Hong Kong Collage: Contemporary Stories and Writing (1998). She has written articles on translation criticism, translation history, translation theory and the teaching of translation.
Posted by webmaster 10th March 2007.
Theories on the Move. Translations Role in the Travels of Literary Theories.
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Sebnem SUSAM-SARAJEVA, University of Edinburgh (UK)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl/
ISBN/ISSN: 978-90-420-2059-7
Price and ordering information: 50 EUR. Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Within translation studies books on translating conceptually dense texts, such as philosophical or theoretical writings, are remarkably few. Although the translation of literature has been a favourite topic for many decades, the translation of theories on literature has been neglected. The phrase 'theories of translation' is everywhere, but 'translation of theories' is a rare sight.
On the other hand, the term 'translation' has become a commonplace in literary and cultural studies yet usually as a rhetorical figure describing the fate of those who struggle between two worlds and two languages, such as migrants or women. Not much attention has been paid to the role of 'translation proper' in contemporary circulation of ideas.
The book addresses these gaps in translation studies and in literary studies for the first time by examining two specific cases where translation strategies and patterns crucially influenced the reception of imported schools of thought. By examining the importation of structuralism and semiotics into Turkish and of French feminism into English, it invites the readers to think about the impact of translation on the transmission of ideas across linguistic-cultural borders and power differentials. It is, therefore, of particular interest to the scholars working in translation studies, in literary and cultural theory, and in gender studies.
Author/Editor: Sebnem SUSAM-SARAJEVA, University of Edinburgh (UK)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/New York: Rodopi
Publisher URL: http://www.rodopi.nl/
ISBN/ISSN: 978-90-420-2059-7
Price and ordering information: 50 EUR. Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Within translation studies books on translating conceptually dense texts, such as philosophical or theoretical writings, are remarkably few. Although the translation of literature has been a favourite topic for many decades, the translation of theories on literature has been neglected. The phrase 'theories of translation' is everywhere, but 'translation of theories' is a rare sight.
On the other hand, the term 'translation' has become a commonplace in literary and cultural studies yet usually as a rhetorical figure describing the fate of those who struggle between two worlds and two languages, such as migrants or women. Not much attention has been paid to the role of 'translation proper' in contemporary circulation of ideas.
The book addresses these gaps in translation studies and in literary studies for the first time by examining two specific cases where translation strategies and patterns crucially influenced the reception of imported schools of thought. By examining the importation of structuralism and semiotics into Turkish and of French feminism into English, it invites the readers to think about the impact of translation on the transmission of ideas across linguistic-cultural borders and power differentials. It is, therefore, of particular interest to the scholars working in translation studies, in literary and cultural theory, and in gender studies.
Posted by webmaster 10th March 2007.
Managing Translation Services
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Geoffrey Samuelsson-Brown
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-913-1
Price and ordering information: 15.16
Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: A sequel to "A Practical Guide for Translators", this book considers the issues encountered when making the transition from working as a sole freelance translator to developing and managing a translation company.
Author/Editor: Geoffrey Samuelsson-Brown
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters
Publisher URL: http://www.multilingual-matters.com/
ISBN/ISSN: 1-85359-913-1
Price and ordering information: 15.16
Can be purchased via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: A sequel to "A Practical Guide for Translators", this book considers the issues encountered when making the transition from working as a sole freelance translator to developing and managing a translation company.
Posted by webmaster 10th March 2007.
Translation and Identity
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Michael CRONIN (Dublin City University)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London:Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.routledge.com/
ISBN/ISSN: 9780415364652
Price and ordering information: 21.99 GBP
Can be ordered via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Michael Cronin looks at how translation has played a crucial role in shaping debates about identity, language and cultural survival in the past and in the present. He explores how everything from the impact of migration on the curricula for national literature courses, to the way in which nations wage war in the modern era is bound up with urgent questions of translation and identity. Examining translation practices and experiences across continents to show how translation is an integral part of how cultures are evolving, the volume presents new perspectives on how translation can be a powerful tool in enhancing difference and promoting intercultural dialogue.
Drawing on a wide range of materials from official government reports to Shakespearean drama and Hollywood films, Cronin demonstrates how translation is central to any proper understanding of how cultural identity has emerged in human history, and suggests an innovative and positive vision of how translation can be used to deal with one of the most salient issues in an increasingly borderless world.
Author/Editor: Michael CRONIN (Dublin City University)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London:Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.routledge.com/
ISBN/ISSN: 9780415364652
Price and ordering information: 21.99 GBP
Can be ordered via the publisher's website.
Publication blurb: Michael Cronin looks at how translation has played a crucial role in shaping debates about identity, language and cultural survival in the past and in the present. He explores how everything from the impact of migration on the curricula for national literature courses, to the way in which nations wage war in the modern era is bound up with urgent questions of translation and identity. Examining translation practices and experiences across continents to show how translation is an integral part of how cultures are evolving, the volume presents new perspectives on how translation can be a powerful tool in enhancing difference and promoting intercultural dialogue.
Drawing on a wide range of materials from official government reports to Shakespearean drama and Hollywood films, Cronin demonstrates how translation is central to any proper understanding of how cultural identity has emerged in human history, and suggests an innovative and positive vision of how translation can be used to deal with one of the most salient issues in an increasingly borderless world.
Posted by webmaster 10th March 2007.
Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER, University of Manchester (UK)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.routledge.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: 9780415383967
Price and ordering information: 19.99 GBP; can be purschased via publisher's website.
Publication blurb: A highly topical book from a hugely respected figure in the field, Mona Baker's Translation and Conflict is a timely exploration of the importance of the role of translators and interpreters to the political process. Given an increased interest in the positioning of translators in politically sensitive situations, as in the case of Katherine Gunn at GCHQ, and in settings such as Guantanamo Bay, Iraq and Kosovo, the book features extended examples that mainly focus on English and Arabic.
Presenting an original and coherent model of analysis which centres on translation and interpretation, Baker shows how the narrative location of the source text is maintained, undermined or adapted, and that far from being an adjunct to social and political developments, translation is a crucial component of the process that makes these developments possible in the first place.
Including research questions and further reading suggestions at the end of each chapter, this book is essential reading for students on courses in translation, intercultural studies and sociology. It is also highly recommended for the reader interested in the study of social and political movements.
Author/Editor: Mona BAKER, University of Manchester (UK)
Year of publication: 2006
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: London: Routledge
Publisher URL: http://www.routledge.co.uk/
ISBN/ISSN: 9780415383967
Price and ordering information: 19.99 GBP; can be purschased via publisher's website.
Publication blurb: A highly topical book from a hugely respected figure in the field, Mona Baker's Translation and Conflict is a timely exploration of the importance of the role of translators and interpreters to the political process. Given an increased interest in the positioning of translators in politically sensitive situations, as in the case of Katherine Gunn at GCHQ, and in settings such as Guantanamo Bay, Iraq and Kosovo, the book features extended examples that mainly focus on English and Arabic.
Presenting an original and coherent model of analysis which centres on translation and interpretation, Baker shows how the narrative location of the source text is maintained, undermined or adapted, and that far from being an adjunct to social and political developments, translation is a crucial component of the process that makes these developments possible in the first place.
Including research questions and further reading suggestions at the end of each chapter, this book is essential reading for students on courses in translation, intercultural studies and sociology. It is also highly recommended for the reader interested in the study of social and political movements.
Posted by webmaster 10th March 2007.
On the Relationships between Translation Theory and Translation Practice
Type of Publication:
Conference proceedings
Author/Editor: Jean Peeters (ed.)
Year of publication: 2005
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Peter Lang: Frankfurt am Main, Berlin, Bern
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com
ISBN/ISSN: 3-631-53442-6
Price and ordering information: pb 45.50 29.80 GBP 50.95 USD
Publication blurb: This collection of 21 papers discusses the relationships between translation theory and translation practice such as : What can theory say about practice and what can it offer to practice? Does it entail practical applications? Similarly, what distinctions does practice make and what bearing does this have on theory? As there are many translation practices, does this mean there must be many translation theories? Can translation be accounted for by one theory only? Which distinctions does practice make it necessary for theory to take into account and what does it have to say about theory. Does translation practice need any theorizing to be more effective or of better quality? Or can there be a hiatus between the two?
Author/Editor: Jean Peeters (ed.)
Year of publication: 2005
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Peter Lang: Frankfurt am Main, Berlin, Bern
Publisher URL: http://www.peterlang.com
ISBN/ISSN: 3-631-53442-6
Price and ordering information: pb 45.50 29.80 GBP 50.95 USD
Publication blurb: This collection of 21 papers discusses the relationships between translation theory and translation practice such as : What can theory say about practice and what can it offer to practice? Does it entail practical applications? Similarly, what distinctions does practice make and what bearing does this have on theory? As there are many translation practices, does this mean there must be many translation theories? Can translation be accounted for by one theory only? Which distinctions does practice make it necessary for theory to take into account and what does it have to say about theory. Does translation practice need any theorizing to be more effective or of better quality? Or can there be a hiatus between the two?
Posted by webmaster 2nd September 2005.
Translating the Literature of Scripture
Type of Publication:
Authored volume
Author/Editor: Ernst WENDLAND
Year of publication: 2004
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Dallas: Ethnologue (SIL International Publications in Translation and Textlinguistics 1)
Publisher URL: http://www.ethnologue.com/show_product.asp?isbn=1556711522
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-55671-152-2
Price and ordering information: 39.95 USD
http://www.ethnologue.com/show_product.asp?isbn=1556711522
Publication blurb: Scholars have recently begun to document the many outstanding literary (artistic, structural, and rhetorical) properties of the biblical text, qualities contributing, to a significant dimension of meaningӔ that few translations, past or present, attempt to reproduce even on a limited basis. Closely related to this is the correspondingly manifold communicative potential of different target languages all over the world, a rich inventory of resources that are only rarely exploited to the full in a translation. Accordingly, this book proposes the implementation of a literary functional-equivalence (LiFE) method of translation that seeks to represent or recreate in a given language the variety of expressive and affective dynamics the great impact and appeal, including the beauty ֖ of the diverse tests of Scripture.
Many examples pertaining to the biblical language as well as several Bantu languages are included to illustrate this methodology and show how competent mother-tongue translators can be trained to apply it practically in their work.
Dr. Wendland teaches at the Lutheran Bible Institute and Seminary in Lusaka, Zambia, and is a United Bible Societies Translation Consultant. He is the author of numerous studies on the Bantu languages of South Central Africa, biblical exegesis, and translation theory.
Table of Contents
Foreword
Preface
Abbreviations
* The Study of Literature in Relation to the Bible and Its Translation
* Defining the Parameters of a Literary-Rhetorical Translation
* Tectonicity of the Scriptures
* Artistry of the Scriptures
* Iconicity of the Scriptures
* Rhetoricity of the Scriptures
* Literary-Rhetorical Analysis Techniques
* Determining the Stylistic and Rhetorical Features of TL Literature
* Teaching a Literary-Rhetorical Approach
* Assessing Literary-Rhetorical Translation
* Organizing a Literary-Rhetorical Translation Project
Appendix A: Supplement to Chapter 10
Appendix B: An L-R Approach Applied
Appendix C: Sample Translator-Training Lesson
Bibliography
Index
Author/Editor: Ernst WENDLAND
Year of publication: 2004
Keywords:
Place of Publication & Publisher: Dallas: Ethnologue (SIL International Publications in Translation and Textlinguistics 1)
Publisher URL: http://www.ethnologue.com/show_product.asp?isbn=1556711522
ISBN/ISSN: ISBN 1-55671-152-2
Price and ordering information: 39.95 USD
http://www.ethnologue.com/show_product.asp?isbn=1556711522
Publication blurb: Scholars have recently begun to document the many outstanding literary (artistic, structural, and rhetorical) properties of the biblical text, qualities contributing, to a significant dimension of meaningӔ that few translations, past or present, attempt to reproduce even on a limited basis. Closely related to this is the correspondingly manifold communicative potential of different target languages all over the world, a rich inventory of resources that are only rarely exploited to the full in a translation. Accordingly, this book proposes the implementation of a literary functional-equivalence (LiFE) method of translation that seeks to represent or recreate in a given language the variety of expressive and affective dynamics the great impact and appeal, including the beauty ֖ of the diverse tests of Scripture.
Many examples pertaining to the biblical language as well as several Bantu languages are included to illustrate this methodology and show how competent mother-tongue translators can be trained to apply it practically in their work.
Dr. Wendland teaches at the Lutheran Bible Institute and Seminary in Lusaka, Zambia, and is a United Bible Societies Translation Consultant. He is the author of numerous studies on the Bantu languages of South Central Africa, biblical exegesis, and translation theory.
Table of Contents
Foreword
Preface
Abbreviations
* The Study of Literature in Relation to the Bible and Its Translation
* Defining the Parameters of a Literary-Rhetorical Translation
* Tectonicity of the Scriptures
* Artistry of the Scriptures
* Iconicity of the Scriptures
* Rhetoricity of the Scriptures
* Literary-Rhetorical Analysis Techniques
* Determining the Stylistic and Rhetorical Features of TL Literature
* Teaching a Literary-Rhetorical Approach
* Assessing Literary-Rhetorical Translation
* Organizing a Literary-Rhetorical Translation Project
Appendix A: Supplement to Chapter 10
Appendix B: An L-R Approach Applied
Appendix C: Sample Translator-Training Lesson
Bibliography
Index
Posted by webmaster 2nd September 2005.
Nation, Language and the Ethics of Translation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Bermann, Sandra and Michael Wood (eds.)
Year of publication: 2005
Keywords: Translation, transnation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Princeton University Press
Publisher URL: http://pup.princeton.edu/
ISBN/ISSN: Paper ISBN: 0-691-11609-1/Cloth ISBN: 0-691-11608-3
Price and ordering information: Paper | 24.95 USD / 15.95 GBP
Cloth | 65.000 USD / 41.95 GBP
http://pup.princeton.edu/
Publication blurb: In recent years, scholarship on translation has moved well beyond the technicalities of converting one language into another and beyond conventional translation theory. With new technologies blurring distinctions between "the original" and its reproductions, and with globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, "translation" is now emerging as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate. Nation, Language, and the Ethics of Translation enters the heart of this debate. It covers an exceptional range of topics, from simultaneous translation to legal theory, from the language of exile to the language of new nations, from the press to the cinema; and cultures and languages from contemporary Bengal to ancient Japan, from translations of Homer to the work of Don DeLillo.
All twenty-two essays, by leading voices including Gayatri Spivak and the late Edward Said, are provocative and persuasive. The book's four sections--"Translation as Medium and across Media," "The Ethics of Translation," "Translation and Difference," and "Beyond the Nation"--together provide a comprehensive view of current thinking on nationality and translation, one that will be widely consulted for years to come.
The contributors are Jonathan E. Abel, Emily Apter, Sandra Bermann, Vilashini Cooppan, Stanley Corngold, David Damrosch, Robert Eaglestone, Stathis Gourgouris, Pierre Legrand, Jacques Lezra, Franoise Lionnet, Sylvia Molloy, Yopie Prins, Edward Said, Azade Seyhan, Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Henry Staten, Lawrence Venuti, Lynn Visson, Gauri Viswanathan, Samuel Weber, and Michael Wood.
Author/Editor: Bermann, Sandra and Michael Wood (eds.)
Year of publication: 2005
Keywords: Translation, transnation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Princeton University Press
Publisher URL: http://pup.princeton.edu/
ISBN/ISSN: Paper ISBN: 0-691-11609-1/Cloth ISBN: 0-691-11608-3
Price and ordering information: Paper | 24.95 USD / 15.95 GBP
Cloth | 65.000 USD / 41.95 GBP
http://pup.princeton.edu/
Publication blurb: In recent years, scholarship on translation has moved well beyond the technicalities of converting one language into another and beyond conventional translation theory. With new technologies blurring distinctions between "the original" and its reproductions, and with globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, "translation" is now emerging as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate. Nation, Language, and the Ethics of Translation enters the heart of this debate. It covers an exceptional range of topics, from simultaneous translation to legal theory, from the language of exile to the language of new nations, from the press to the cinema; and cultures and languages from contemporary Bengal to ancient Japan, from translations of Homer to the work of Don DeLillo.
All twenty-two essays, by leading voices including Gayatri Spivak and the late Edward Said, are provocative and persuasive. The book's four sections--"Translation as Medium and across Media," "The Ethics of Translation," "Translation and Difference," and "Beyond the Nation"--together provide a comprehensive view of current thinking on nationality and translation, one that will be widely consulted for years to come.
The contributors are Jonathan E. Abel, Emily Apter, Sandra Bermann, Vilashini Cooppan, Stanley Corngold, David Damrosch, Robert Eaglestone, Stathis Gourgouris, Pierre Legrand, Jacques Lezra, Franoise Lionnet, Sylvia Molloy, Yopie Prins, Edward Said, Azade Seyhan, Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Henry Staten, Lawrence Venuti, Lynn Visson, Gauri Viswanathan, Samuel Weber, and Michael Wood.
Posted by webmaster 2nd September 2005.
Topics in Audiovisual Translation
Type of Publication:
Edited collection
Author/Editor: Pilar ORERO (Editor), University of Universities
Year of publication: 2004
Keywords: Courtroom interpreting, audiovisual translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.company.com
ISBN/ISSN: 4234-532545-3252352
Price and ordering information: 75 Euro. It can be ordered directly from the University Press by contacting name@university.co.uk
Publication blurb: Contributions from Eduard Bartoll, Henrik Gottlieb, Yves Gambier, Frederic Chaume, Rosa Agost, Vera Santiago, Aline Remael, etc. The late twentieth-century transition from a paper-oriented to a media-oriented society has triggered the emergence of Audiovisual Translation as the most dynamic and fastest developing trend within Translation Studies. The growing interest in this area is a clear indication that this discipline is going to set the agenda for the theory, research, training and practice of translation in the twenty-first century. Even so, this remains a largely underdeveloped field and much needs to be done to put Screen Translation, Multimedia Translation or the wider implications of Audiovisual Translation on a par with other fields within Translation Studies. In this light, this collection of essays reflects not only the state of the art in the research and teaching of Audiovisual Translation, but also the professionals experiences. The different contributions cover issues ranging from reflections on professional activities, to theory, the impact of ideology on Audiovisual Translation, and the practices of teaching and researching this new and challenging discipline.
In expanding further the ground covered by the John Benjamins book (Multi)Media Translation (2001), this book seeks to provide readers with a deeper insight into some of the specific concepts, problems, aims and terminology of Audiovisual Translation, and, by this token, to make these specificities emerge from within the wider nexus of Translation Studies, Film Studies and Media Studies. In a quickly developing technical audiovisual world, Audiovisual Translation Studies is set to become the academic field that will address the complex cultural issues of a pervasively media-oriented society.
Author/Editor: Pilar ORERO (Editor), University of Universities
Year of publication: 2004
Keywords: Courtroom interpreting, audiovisual translation
Place of Publication & Publisher: Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publisher URL: http://www.company.com
ISBN/ISSN: 4234-532545-3252352
Price and ordering information: 75 Euro. It can be ordered directly from the University Press by contacting name@university.co.uk
Publication blurb: Contributions from Eduard Bartoll, Henrik Gottlieb, Yves Gambier, Frederic Chaume, Rosa Agost, Vera Santiago, Aline Remael, etc. The late twentieth-century transition from a paper-oriented to a media-oriented society has triggered the emergence of Audiovisual Translation as the most dynamic and fastest developing trend within Translation Studies. The growing interest in this area is a clear indication that this discipline is going to set the agenda for the theory, research, training and practice of translation in the twenty-first century. Even so, this remains a largely underdeveloped field and much needs to be done to put Screen Translation, Multimedia Translation or the wider implications of Audiovisual Translation on a par with other fields within Translation Studies. In this light, this collection of essays reflects not only the state of the art in the research and teaching of Audiovisual Translation, but also the professionals experiences. The different contributions cover issues ranging from reflections on professional activities, to theory, the impact of ideology on Audiovisual Translation, and the practices of teaching and researching this new and challenging discipline.
In expanding further the ground covered by the John Benjamins book (Multi)Media Translation (2001), this book seeks to provide readers with a deeper insight into some of the specific concepts, problems, aims and terminology of Audiovisual Translation, and, by this token, to make these specificities emerge from within the wider nexus of Translation Studies, Film Studies and Media Studies. In a quickly developing technical audiovisual world, Audiovisual Translation Studies is set to become the academic field that will address the complex cultural issues of a pervasively media-oriented society.
Posted by webmaster 14th August 2005.